Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • English  (754)
  • Spanish
  • Undetermined
  • Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands  (754)
  • Education  (364)
  • Philosophy  (210)
  • History  (200)
Datasource
Material
Language
  • English  (754)
  • Spanish
  • Undetermined
  • French  (3)
Keywords
  • 1
    ISBN: 9789402417906
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XI, 211 p. 2 illus)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2020
    Series Statement: Mobile Communication in Asia: Local Insights, Global Implications
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    Parallel Title: Printed edition
    DDC: 306.46
    Keywords: Culture ; Technology ; Mass media ; Communication ; Philosophy
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    ISBN: 9789401773461
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXV, 200 p)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2016
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 219
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: History
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: History ; Printing ; Publishers and publishing ; Ethics ; History ; Printing ; Publishers and publishing ; Ethics
    Abstract: Tracking the relationship between the theory of press control and the realities of practicing daily press censorship prior to publication, this volume on the suppression of dissent in early modern Europe tackles a topic with many elusive and under-researched characteristics. Pre-publication censorship was common in absolutist regimes in Catholic and Protestant countries alike, but how effective it was in practice remains open to debate. The Netherlands and England, where critical content segued into outright lampoonery, were unusual for hard-wired press freedoms that arose, respectively, from a highly competitive publishing industry and highly decentralized political institutions. These nations remained extraordinary exceptions to a rule that, for example in France, did not end until the revolution of 1789. Here, the author’s European perspective provides a survey of the varying censorship regulations in European nations, as well as the shifting meanings of ‘freedom of the press’. The analysis opens up fascinating insights, afforded by careful reading of primary archival sources, into the reactions of censors confronted with manuscripts by authors seeking permission to publish. Tortarolo sets the opinions on censorship of well-known writers, including Voltaire and Montesquieu, alongside the commentary of anonymous censors, allowing us to revisit some common views of eighteenth-century history. How far did these writers, their reasoning stiffened by Enlightenment values, promote dissident views of absolutist monarchies in Europe, and what insights did governments gain from censors’ reports into the social tensions brewing under their rule? These questions will excite dedicated researchers, graduate students, and discerning lay readers alike
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401795852
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 307 p. 22 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Sexual behavior ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Sexual behavior
    Abstract: This root-and-branch reevaluation of Darwin’s concept of sexual selection tackles the subject from historical, epistemological and theoretical perspectives. Contributions from a wealth of disciplines have been marshaled for this volume, with key figures in behavioural ecology, philosophy, and the history of science adding to its wide-ranging relevance. Updating the reader on the debate currently live in behavioural ecology itself on the centrality of sexual selection, and with coverage of developments in the field of animal aesthetics, the book details the current state of play, while other chapters trace the history of sexual selection from Darwin to today and inquire into the neurobiological bases for partner choices and the comparisons between the hedonic brain in human and non-human animals. Welcome space is given to the social aspects of sexual selection, particularly where Darwin drew distinctions between eager males and coy females and rationalized this as evolutionary strategy. Also explored are the current definition of sexual selection (as opposed to natural selection) and its importance in today’s biological research, and the impending critique of the theory from the nascent field of animal aesthetics. As a comprehensive assessment of the current health, or otherwise, of Darwin’s theory, 140 years after the publication of his Descent of Man, the book offers a uniquely rounded view that asks whether ‘sexual selection’ is in itself a progressive or reactionary notion, even as it explores its theoretical relevance in the technical biological study of the twenty-first century
    Description / Table of Contents: Opening Pandora’s Boxes in Sexual Selection Research; Thierry HoquetSection 1. In Darwin’s footsteps: historical issues -- Chapter 1. Sexual Selection: Why does it Play such a Large Role in the Descent of Man?; Michael Ruse -- Chapter 2. Utility vs Beauty: The Darwin/Wallace Debate as a Structuring Pattern in the History of Sexual Selection?; Thierry Hoquet and Michael Levandowsky -- Chapter 3. Darwin on the proportion of the sexes and general fertility: discovery and rejection of sex-ratio evolution and density-dependent selection; Michel Veuille -- Chapter 4. Sexual selection in the French school of population genetics: Claudine Petit (1920-2007); Jean Gayon -- Section 2. Current challenges --  Chapter 5. Sexual selection: is anything left?; Joan Roughgarden -- Chapter 6. Standing on Darwin’s shoulders: the nature of selection hypotheses; Patricia Adair Gowaty -- Chapter 7. Sexual selection: the logical imperative; Tommaso Pizzari and Geoff. Parker -- Chapter 8. Selfish genetic elements and sexual selection; Nina Wedell and Tom A.R. Price -- Chapter 9. Preference, rationality and interindividual variation: the persisting debate about female choice; Frank Cézilly -- Chapter 10. Reaction norms of sex and adaptive individual flexibility in reproductive decisions; Malin Ah-King and Patricia Adair Gowaty -- Section 3. Prospects: Animal aesthetics? -- Chapter 11. The role of sexual autonomy in evolution by mate choice; Richard O. Prum -- Chapter 12. The riddle of attractiveness: looking for an ‘Aesthetic sense’ within the hedonic mind of the beholders; Michel Kreutzer and Verena Aebischer -- Chapter 13. Aesthetics and reinforcement: A behavioural approach to aesthetics; Shigeru Watanabe.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    ISBN: 9789401793346
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 386 p. 39 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mathematics Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics
    Abstract: This study provides a historical analysis of Freudenthal’s didactic ideas and his didactic career. It is partly biographical, but also contributes to the historiography of mathematics education and addresses closely related questions such as: what is mathematics and where does it start? Which role does mathematics play in society and what influence does it have on the prevailing views concerning its accompanying didactics? Hans Freudenthal (1905-1990), professor in mathematics, scientist, literator, but above all mathematics-educator, was inextricably linked to the changes which took place in mathematics education and didactics during the second half of the last century. His diversity as a scientist and his inexhaustible efforts to establish the didactics of mathematics as a seriously pursued science, made Freudenthal's influence in this area considerable. He foresaw an essential, practical role for mathematics in everyone’s life, encouraging students to discover and create mathematics themselves, instead of imposing a ready-made mathematical system. The theory of mathematics education thus developed in the Netherlands would gain world fame in the following decades. Today, in the light of the discussions about mathematics education, in which the call for `genuine’ mathematics instead of the so-called 'kindergarten'-mathematics can be heard, Freudenthal's approach seems to be passé. However, the outcome of this study (which is mainly based on documents from Freudenthal’s vast personal archive) shows a more refined picture. The direct identification of 'kindergarten'-mathematics with Freudenthal’s view on mathematics education is not justified. 'Realistic mathematics' as advocated by Freudenthal includes more than just a practical introductory and should, among other things, always aim at teaching 'genuine' mathematics in the end
    Description / Table of Contents: Financing Statement; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Abbreviations; Chapter-1; Introduction; A way to master this world; 1.1 Didactics of Mathematics and Hans Freudenthal: Definition of the Problem and Phrasing of the Question; 1.2 Don Quixote: The Freudenthal Myth?; 1.3 Research Method: The Use of Freudenthal's Personal Archive; 1.4 The Nature of the Study and the Historiography; 1.5 The Structure of This Book; References; Chapter-2; Mathematics Education in Secondary Schools and Didactics of Mathematics in the Period Between the Two World Wars
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Secondary Education in the Period Between the Two World Wars2.1.1 The Origin of the School Types in Secondary Education; 2.1.2 Some School Types; 2.1.2.1 The HBS; 2.1.2.2 The Gymnasium; 2.1.2.3 The MMS; 2.1.2.4 The Lyceum; 2.1.3 The Competition between HBS and Gymnasium; 2.2 Discussions on the Mathematics Education at the VHMO; 2.2.1 The Initial Geometry Education and the Foundation of the Journal Euclides; 2.2.2 The Beth Committee and the Introduction of Differential and Integral Calculus; 2.2.3 The Controversy About Mechanics; 2.2.4 Educating the Mathematics Teacher
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.5 New Insights and the Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group)References; Chapter-3; Hans Freudenthal-A Sketch; 3.1 Hans Freudenthal-An Impression; 3.2 Luckenwalde; 3.3 Berlin; 3.4 Amsterdam; 3.5 Utrecht; References; Chapter-4; Didactics of Arithmetic; 4.1 Dating of 'Rekendidaktiek'; 4.2 Cause and Intention; 4.3 Teaching of Arithmetic in Primary Schools; 4.4 Freudenthal's 'Rekendidaktiek': The Content; 4.4.1 Preface; 4.4.2 Auxiliary Sciences; 4.4.3 Aim and Use of Teaching of Arithmetic; 4.5 'Rekendidaktiek' ('Didactics of Arithmetic'): AllPositive Action Starts with Criticism
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter-5; A New Start; 5.1 Educating; 5.1.1 Educating at Home; 5.1.2 'Our Task as Present-Day Educators'; 5.1.3 'Education for Thinking'; 5.1.4 'Educating' in De Groene Amsterdammer; 5.1.5 'The Cooperative Task of the Educator in Forming a Person'; 5.1.6 Education: A Summary; 5.2 Higher Education; 5.2.1 Studium Generale; 5.2.2 The Teachers Training; 5.2.3 Student Wage; 5.2.4 Higher Education: A Ramshackle Parthenon or a House in Order?; 5.3 The Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group); 5.3.1 Activities of the Wiskunde Werkgroep
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3.2 'The Algebraic and Analytical view on the Number Concept in Elementary Mathematics'5.3.3 'Mathematics for Non-Mathematical Studies'; 5.3.4 Freudenthal's Mathematical Working Group; References; Chapter-6; From Critical Outsider to True Authority; 6.1 Mathematics Education and the Education of the Intellectual Capacity; 6.2 A Body Under the Floorboards: The Mechanics Education; 6.3 Preparations for a New Curriculum; 6.4 Probability Theory and Statistics: A Text Book; 6.5 Paedagogums, Paeda Magicians and Scientists: The Teacher Training; 6.6 Freudenthal Internationally; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter-7
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1: Introduction - "A way to master this world’’ -- Chapter 2: Mathematics education in secondary schools and didactics of mathematics in the period between the two World Wars -- 2.1: Secondary Education in the period between the two world wars -- 2.1.1: The origination of the school types in secondary education -- 2.1.2: Some school types -- 2.1.3: The competition between HBS and Gymnasium -- 2.2: Discussions on the mathematics education at the VHMO -- 2.2.1: The initial geometry education and the foundation of journal Euclides -- 2.2.2: The Beth committee and the introduction of differential and integral calculus -- 2.2.3: The controversy about mechanics -- 2.2.4: Educating the mathematics teacher -- 2.2.5: New insights and the Wiskunde Werkgroep (Mathematics Working Group) -- Chapter 3: Hans Freudenthal - a sketch -- 3.1: Hans Freudenthal - an impression -- 3.2: Luckenwalde -- 3.3: Berlin -- 3.4: Amsterdam -- 3.5: Utrecht -- Chapter 4: Didactics of arithmetic -- 4.1: Dating of `Rekendidactiek’ -- 4.2: Cause and intention -- 4.3: Teaching of arithmetic in primary schools -- 4.4: Freudenthal’s `Rekendidactiek’: the content -- 4.4.1: Preface -- 4.4.2: Auxiliary sciences -- 4.4.3: Aim and use of teaching of arithmetic -- 4.5: `Rekendidactiek’ ‘Didactics of arithmetic’): every positive action starts with criticism -- Chapter 5: A new start -- 5.1: Educating -- 5.1.1: Educating at home -- 5.1.2: `Our task as present-day educators’ -- 5.1.3: `Education for thinking’.-5.1.4: `Educating’ in De Groene Amsterdammer -- 5.1.5: Education: a summary -- 5.2: Higher Education -- 5.2.1: Studium Generale -- 5.2.2: The teachers training -- 5.2.3: Student wage -- 5.2.4: Higher education: a ramshackle parthenon or a house in order? -- 5.3: The Wiskunde Werkgroep (the Mathematics Study Group) -- 5.3.1: Activities of the Wiskunde Werkgroep -- 5.3.2: `The algebraic and analytical view on the number concept in elementary mathematics’ -- 5.3.3: `Mathematics for non-mathematical studies’ -- 5.3.4: Freudenthal’s mathematical working group -- Chapter 6: From critical outsider to true authority -- 6.1: Mathematics education and the education of the intellectual capacity -- 6.2: A body under the floor boards: the mechanics education -- 6.3: Preparations for a new curriculum -- 6.4: Probability theory and statistics: a text book.-6.5: Paedagogums, paeda magicians and scientists: the teacher training -- 6.6: Freudenthal internationally -- Chapter 7: Freudenthal and the Van Hieles’ level theory. A learning process.-7.1: Introduction: a special PhD project -- 7.2: Freudenthal as supervisor -- 7.3: `Problems of insight’: Van Hiele’s level theory -- 7.4: Freudenthal and the theory of the Van Hieles: from `level theory’ to `guided re-invention’ -- 7.5: Analysis of a learning process: reflection on reflection -- 7.6: To conclude -- Chapter 8: Method versus content. New Math and the modernization of mathematics education -- 8.1: Introduction: time for modernization -- 8.2: New Math -- 8.2.1: The gap between modern mathematics and mathematics education -- 8.2.2: Modernization of the mathematics education in the Unites States -- 8.3: Royaumont: a bridge club with unforeseen consequences -- 8.3.1: Freudenthal in `the group of experts’ -- 8.3.2: Royaumont without Freudenthal: the launch of New Math -- 8.4: Freudenthal on modern mathematics and its meaning for mathematics education -- 8.4.1: The nature of modern mathematics -- 8.4.2: Modern mathematics for the public at large -- 8.4.3: The mathematician "in der Unterhose auf der Strasse" ("in his underpants on the street") -- 8.4.4: Fairy tales and dead ends -- 8.4.5: Modern mathematics as the solution? -- 8.5: Modernization of mathematics education in the Netherlands -- 8.5.1: Initiatives inside and outside of the Netherlands -- 8.5.2: Freudenthal: from WW to ‘cooperate with a view to adjust’ -- 8.5.3: The Commissie Modernisering Leerplan Wiskunde -- 8.5.4: A professional development programme for teachers -- 8.5.5: A new curriculum -- 8.6: Geometry education -- 8.6.1: Freudenthal and geometry education -- 8.6.2: Freudenthal on the initial geometry education: try it and see -- 8.6.3: Axiomatizing instead of axiomatics - but not in geometry -- 8.6.4: Modern geometry in the education according to Freudenthal -- 8.7: Logic -- 8.7.1: ``Exact logic’’ -- 8.7.2: The application of modern logic in education -- 8.8: Freudenthal and New Math: conclusion -- 8.8.1: A lonely opponent of New Math? -- 8.8.2: Cooperate in order to adjust -- 8.8.3: Knowledge as a weapon in the struggle for a better mathematics education -- 8.8.4: Freudenthal about the aim of mathematics education -- Chapter 9: Here’s how Freudenthal saw it -- 9.1: Introduction: changes in the scene of action -- 9.2: Educational Studies in Mathematics -- 9.2.1: Not exactly bursting with enthusiasm: the launch -- 9.2.2: Freudenthal as guardian of the level -- 9.3: The Institute for the Development of Mathematics Education -- 9.3.1: From CMLW to IOWO -- 9.3.2: Freudenthal and the IOWO -- 9.4: Exploring the world from the paving bricks to the moon -- 9.4.1: Observations as a father in `Rekendidactiek’ -- 9.4.2: Observing as a grandfather: walking with the grand-children -- 9.4.3: Granddad Hans: a critical comment -- 9.4.4: Walking on the railway track: the mathematics of a three-year old -- 9.4.5: Observing and the IOWO -- 9.5: Observations as a source -- 9.5.1: Professor or senile grandfather? -- 9.5.2: The paradigm: the ultimate example -- 9.5.3: Here is how Freudenthal saw it: concept of number and didactical phenomenology -- 9.5.4: The right to sound mathematics for all -- 9.6: Enfant terrible -- 9.6.1: Weeding -- 9.6.2: Drumming on empty barrels -- 9.6.3: Freudenthal on Piaget: admiration and merciless criticism -- 9.7: The task for the future -- Chapter 10: Epilogue - We have come full circle.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    ISBN: 9789401794961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 289 p. 50 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book celebrates dioramas as a unique and essential learning tool for biological education for all. It provides information about their historical development, the technique of taxidermy and diorama construction from the past and the modern developments as well as aspects of interpretation and learning processes. The fresh and unique compilation brings together experts from a number of different countries, from the west coast of the USA, across Europe to China. It describes the journey of dioramas from their inception through development to visions of their future. A complementary journey is that of visitors and their individual sense making and construction of their understanding from their own starting points, often interacting with others (e.g. teachers, peers, parents) as well as media (e.g. labels). Dioramas have been, hitherto, a rather neglected area of museum exhibits but a renaissance is beginning for them and their educational importance in contributing to people’s understanding of the natural world. This volume shows how dioramas can reach a wide audience and increase access to biological knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe, London (UK) & Annette Scheersoi, Bonn (D)I. History and Features of Natural History Dioramas -- I.1 History of Dioramas, Claudia Kamcke, Braunschweig, & Rainer Hutterer, Bonn (D) -- I.2 Dioramas as historical documents, Rainer Hutterer, Bonn (D) -- I.3 A window on the world - wildlife dioramas, Pat Morris, Ascot (US) -- I.4 Dioramas as constructs of reality: Art, photography, and the discursive space, Geraldine Howie (UK) -- I.5 James Perry Wilson: Shifting paradigms of natural history diorama painting, Michael Anderson, Yale (US) -- II. Resurrecting and Modern Dioramas -- II.1 Dioramas in Natural History Museum - Tools for nature conservation, John Borg, Mdina (MT) -- II.2 Using technology to deepen and extend visitor’s interaction with dioramas, Mark Loveland, Barbara Buckley & Edys Quellmalz, WestEd (US) -- II.3 Displaying Ecological Landscapes by Dioramas - an example provided by Zhejiang Museum of Natural History, Ximin Kang, Zhejiang (CHN) -- II.4 Conservative restoration and reconstruction of historical Natural History Dioramas, Mareike Munsch, Hartmut Schmiese, Aleksandra Angelov, Gunnar Riedel & Jörn Köhler, Darmstadt (D) -- III. Learning at dioramas -- III.1 Dioramas as important tools in biological education, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe & Annette Scheersoi -- III.2 Catching the visitor’s interest, Annette Scheersoi -- III. 3 Naming and narratives at dioramas, Sue Dale Tunnicliffe -- III.4 The evolution of the narrative at natural history dioramas, Alix Cotumaggio, New York (US) -- III.5 Imaginary places: Museum visitor perceptions of habitat dioramas, Phaedra Livingstone, Oregon (US) -- III.6 Habitat dioramas and sense of place: Factors linked to visitors’ feelings about the natural places portrayed in dioramas, Cecilia Garibay & Eric D. Gyllenhaal, Chicago (US) -- III.7 The Human connection: Enactors and the facilitated diorama experience, Kathleen Tinworth, Denver (US) -- III.8 Storytelling and performance in diorama galleries, Keith Dunmall, Birchington on Sea (UK) -- III.9 The diorama as a means for biodiversity education, Martha Marandino, Sao Paolo (Brazil), Marianne Achiam, Copenhagen (DK) & Adriano Oliveira, Sao Paolo (Brazil) -- III.10 Interpreting through drawings, Edward Mifsud, Malta (MT) -- Conclusion, Michael Reiss, London (UK).
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401772648
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 311 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 62
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cooley, Dennis R. Death's Values and Obligations
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Ethics ; Psychology, clinical ; Death ; Medizinische Ethik ; Tod ; Wertphilosophie
    Abstract: This book brings together the relevant interdisciplinary and method elements needed to form a conceptual framework that is both pragmatic and rigorous. By using the best, and often the latest, work in thanatology, psychology, neuroscience, sociology, physics, philosophy and ethics, it develops a framework for understanding both what death is - which requires a great deal of time spent developing definitions of the various types of identity-in-the-moment and identity-over-time - and the values involved in death. This pragmatic framework answers questions about why death is a form of loss; why we experience the emotional reactions, feelings and desires that we do; which of these reactions, feelings and desires are justified and which are not; if we can survive death and how; whether our deaths can harm us; and why and how we should prepare for death. Thanks to the pragmatic framework employed, the answers to the various questions are more likely to be accurate and acceptable than those with less rigorous scholarly underpinnings or which deal with utopian worlds.
    Description / Table of Contents: A Pragmatic MethodA Pragmatic Framework of Values and Principles: The Beginning -- Defining and Valuing Properties and Individuals -- What harm does death do to the decedent? -- How should we feel about our own death? -- How should we feel about another’s death? -- Is there a duty to die? -- A duty to suicide.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    ISBN: 9789401799669
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXII, 1000 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2015
    Series Statement: International Archives of the History of Ideas Archives internationales d'histoire des idées 216
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Models of the history of philosophy ; vol. 3: The second enlightenment and the Kantian age
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; History
    Abstract: This is the third volume of Models of the History of Philosophy, a collaborative work on the history of the history of philosophy dating from the Renaissance to the end of the nineteenth century. The volume covers a decisive period in the history of modern thought, from Voltaire and the great “Encyclopédie” of Diderot and D'Alembert to the age of Kant, i.e. from the histoire de l'esprit humain animated by the idea of progress to the a priori history of human thought. The interest of the philosophes and the Kantians (Buhle and Tennemann) in the study and the reconstruction of the philosophies of the past was characterized by a spirit that was highly critical, but at the same time systematic. The material is divided into four large linguistic and cultural areas: the French, Italian, British and German. The detailed analysis of the 35 works which can be considered to be “general” histories of philosophy is preceded and accompanied by lengthy introductions on the historical background and references to numerous other works bordering on philosophical historiography.
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I The History of Philosophy and the histoire de l’esprit humain in France Between the Encyclopaedia and the Revolution1. The History of Philosophy in the Encyclopédie -- 2. The Impact of the esprit des lumières on the History of Philosophy -- 3. Religious Apologetics and Historiographical Practice -- Part II. The Historiography of Philosophy in Italy in the Second Half of the Eighteenth Century -- 4. The Enlightenment, Erudition and Religious Apologetics -- 5. The Historiography of Philosophy: from School Textbooks to Works for a Wider Readership -- 6. Theism and the History of Philosophy -- Part III The Historiography of Philosophy in Great Britain -- 7. The Scottish Enlightenment and “Philosophical History”. Part IV The Historiography of Philosophy in Germany in the Late Enlightenment -- 8. Textbooks after Brucker -- 9. The Göttingen School and Popular philosophie -- Part V The Historiography of Philosophy in Germany in the Age of Kant -- 10. Philosophy and Historiography: The Kantian Turning-Point -- 11. The Historiographical Developments of Kantianism -- Index of Names -- Index of “Nations”, Philosophical Schools and “Sects”.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    ISBN: 9789400777934
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 412 p. 30 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Engineering ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Engineering
    Abstract: Drawing on data generated by the EU’s Interests and Recruitment in Science (IRIS) project, this volume examines the issue of young people’s participation in science, technology, engineering and mathematics education. With an especial focus on female participation, the chapters offer analysis deploying varied theoretical frameworks, including sociology, social psychology, and gender studies. The material also includes reviews of relevant research in science education, and summaries of empirical data concerning student choices in STEM disciplines in five European countries. Featuring both quantitative and qualitative analyses, the book makes a substantial contribution to the developing theoretical agenda in STEM education. It augments available empirical data and identifies strategies in policy-making that could lead to improved participation-and gender balance-in STEM disciplines. The majority of the chapter authors are IRIS project members, with additional chapters written by specially invited contributors. The book provides researchers and policy makers alike with a comprehensive and authoritative exploration of the core issues in STEM educational participation
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Participation in science and technology education - presenting the challenge and introducing project IRISSection 1:Theoretical perspectives on educational choice -- Chapter 1: Expectancy-value perspectives on STEM choice in late-modern societies -- Chapter 2. A narrative approach to understand students’ identities and choices -- Chapter 3: Gender, STEM studies and educational choices. Insights from feminist perspectives -- Section 2: Interest and participation in STEM from primary school to phD -- Chapter 4: STEM attitudes, interests and career choice -- Chapter 5: Science aspirations and gender identity: Lessons from the ASPIRES project -- Chapter 6: The impact of science curriculum content on students’ subject choices in post-compulsory schooling -- Chapter 7: A place for STEM: Probing the reasons for undergraduate course choices -- Chapter 8: Short stories of educational choice - in the words of science and technology students -- Chapter 9: Understanding declining science participation in Australia: A systemic perspective -- Chapter 10: Choice patterns of PhD students: why should i pursue a PhD? -- Chapter 11: The impact of outreach and out-of-school activities on Norwegian upper secondary students’ STEM motivations -- Section 3: Staying in STEM, leaving STEM? -- Chapter 12: Why do students in stem higher education programmes drop/opt out? Explanations offered from research -- Chapter 13: What makes them leave and where do they go? Non-completion and institutional departures in STEM -- Chapter 14: The first-year experience: Students’ encounter with science and engineering programmes -- Chapter 15: Keeping pace. Educational choice motivations and first-year experiences in the words of Italian students -- Section 4: Applying feminist perspectives to understand STEM participation -- Chapter 16: When research challenges gender stereotypes: Exploring narratives of girls’ educational choices -- Chapter 17: Italian female and male students’ choices: STEM studies and motivations -- Chapter 18: Being a woman in a man’s place or being a man in a women’s place: insights into students’ experiences of science and engineering at university -- Chapter 19: Italian students’ ideas about gender and science in late modern societies. interpretations from a feminist perspective -- Section 5: Understanding and improving STEM participation: Conclusions and recommendations -- Chapter 20: Understanding student participation and choice in science and technology education: The contribution of IRIS -- Chapter 21: Improving participation in science and technology higher education: Ways forward -- Appendix: The IRIS questionnaire: Brief account of instrument development, data collection and respondents.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    ISBN: 9789400741652
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 254 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Policy Implications of Research in Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Globalization, international education policy and local policy formation
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Entwicklungsländer ; Bildungspolitik ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Globalisierung ; Ausbildung ; Weltgesellschaft ; Bildung ; Bildungssystem ; Bildungspolitik
    Abstract: This volume examines how international donor policy and funding affect local educational policy formation in developing countries and regions. Consisting of research and commentary on primary, secondary and tertiary education by scholars from developing countries around the world, it represents a seldom-heard voice. The viewpoints offered here are surprisingly varied and refreshingly divergent from much of the usual Western discourse on international educational policy formation and implementation. Starting out with an overview of the history and current condition of international donor policy, the book leaves ample room for voices from the developing world in its ten chapters that make up the second part. It concludes with a tentative discussion of theory of collaboration. The volume contributes to the global attempts at collaboration between donor and recipient countries as it presents a perspective not often heard in the clamour of voices of Western experts and local government officials
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Giving Voice to Local Scholars in Educational Policy, Carolyn A. BrownPart I - Historical Background and Current Status of International Donor Policy in Education -- Chapter 2 A Brief History of International Education Policy: From Breton-Woods to the Paris Declaration, James H. Williams -- Chapter 3 Current Trends in Education & Development, James H. Williams, Carolyn A.Brown and Sarah Kwan -- Part II - Voices from the Developing World -- Chapter 4 Differential Support, Divergent Success: Three Case Studies of International Influence on Education Policy in El Salvador, D. Brent Edwards Jr., Pauline Martin and  Julián Antonio Victoria Libreros -- Chapter 5 Education for all and the Global-Local Interface: A Case Study of The Gambia, Matarr Baldeh and Caroline Manion -- Chapter 6 Nordic aid and the Education Sector in Africa: The Case of Tanzania, Zehlia Babaci-Wilhite, Macleans A. Geo-JaJa and Mwajuma Vuzo -- Chapter 7 Quality with equity in primary education: Implications of high stakes assessments on teacher practice in Bangladesh, Jaddon Park and Manzoor Ahmed -- Chapter 8 No Nation is an Island: Navigating the Troubled Waters Between Indigenous Values and Donor Desire in the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Paul Robert Sauer -- Chapter 9 Education and Gender Rights in Latin America, Ezequiel Gomez Caride -- Chapter 10 Where to From Here?  Analysis of Cambodia's 2009-2013 Information Communication Technologies in Education Plan, Jayson W. Richardson, John B. Nash, Lyda Chea and Chivoin Peou -- Chapter 11 International Aid Influences on South African Policy Development in Education and Training, Peliwe Lolwana -- Chapter 12 A View from Latin America: Two Generations of Reforms on Higher Education; Towards a New Decade of Collaboration, Jorge Uribe-Roldán -- Chapter 13 Global and Local: Standardized Testing and Corruption in Admissions to Ukrainian Universities, Ararat L. Osipian -- Part III - Toward a Theory of Collaboration -- Chapter 14 Can There be Real Collaboration Between Donors and Developing Countries in Educational Policy? Conclusions and Recommendations, Carolyn A. Brown.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    ISBN: 9789401795708
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 492 p. 58 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 44
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education
    Abstract: In spite of the increasing attention attributed to the rise in prominence of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) countries, few studies have looked at the ways in which broader social expectations with respect to the role of higher education across the BRICS have changed, or not, in recent years. Our point of departure is that, contrary to the conventional wisdom focusing on functionalistic perspectives, higher education systems are not just designed by governments to fulfill certain functions, but have a tendency for evolving in a rather unpredictable fashion as a result of the complex interplay between a number of internal and external factors. In reality, national higher education systems develop and change according to a complex process that encompasses the expectations of governmental agencies, markets, the aspirations of the population for the benefits of education, the specific institutional traditions and cultures of higher education institutions, and, increasingly so, the interests and strategies of the private firms entering and offering services in the higher education market. This basically means that it is of outmost importance to move away from conceiving of "universities" or "higher education" as single, monolithic actors or sector. One way of doing this is by investigating a selected number of distinct, but nonetheless interrelated factors or drivers, which, taken together, help determine the nature and scope of the social compact between higher education (its core actors and institutions) and society at large (government, industry, local communities, professional associations)
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionThe Rise of the BRICS and Higher Education Dynamics. Simon Schwartzman, Rómulo Pinheiro and Pundy Pillay -- Part I: Thematic Summaries -- Demand and Policies for Higher Education. Simon Schwartzman -- The Role of Internal and External Stakeholders. Rómulo Pinheiro -- Linking University Research and Innovation in the BRICS. Creso M. Sá -- Part II: Supply and Demand -- Demand and Supply for Higher Education in Brazil. Clarissa E. B. Neves -- Supply and Demand Patterns in Russian Higher Education. Isak Froumin and Yarolslav Kuuzminov -- Higher Education, Social Demand and Social Equity in India. Kishore M. Joshi --  Demands and Responses in Chinese Higher Education. Yuzhuo Cai and Fengqiao Yan.-Supply and Demand in South Africa. Kirti Menon.-Part III: The Role of Stakeholders -- The Role of Internal and External Stakeholders in Brazilian Higher Education. Elizabeth Balbachevsky -- Russian System of Higher Education and its Stakeholders: Ten years on the way to congruence. Evgeny Kniazev and Drantusova Natalya -- Cost Sharing in China’s Higher Education: Analyses of Major Stakeholders. Rui Yang -- The Role of Stakeholders in the Transformation of the South African Higher Education System. Peliwe Lolwana -- Part IV: Government Policy -- Higher Education policies in Brazil: A Case of Failure in Market Regulation. Maria H. M. Castro -- The Federal State, Regional Interests and the Reinvention of Russian Higher Education. Mark S. Johnson -- The Complex Web of Policy Choices: Dilemmas Facing Indian Higher Education Reform. Roopa D. Trilokekar and Sheila Embleton -- The Chinese Model of Development and the Higher Education Policy. Qiang Zha and Ruth Hayhoe -- State Power, Transition and New Modes of Coordination in Higher Education in South Africa. Michael Cross -- Part V: Research and Innovation -- Research and the ‘Third mission” in Light of Global Events. Creso M. Sá, Andrew Kretz and Kristjan Sigurdson -- Globalization and the Research Mission of Universities in Russia. Anna Smolentseva -- Research and Innovation in Indian Higher Education. Radhika Gorur and Fazal Rizvi -- Promoting Entrepreneurship and Innovation in China: Transformations in University Curriculum and Research Capacity. Joshua K. H. Mok and Kan Yue -- Research and Innovation in South Africa. Pundy Pillay -- EPILOGUE: Higher Education in the BRICS: What Have We Learnt and Where Are We Heading? Rómulo Pinheiro, Simon Schwartzman and Pundy Pillay.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401794930
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXIV, 854 p. 28 illus) , online resource
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    DDC: 379
    Keywords: Education ; Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This handbook presents a global overview of developments in education and policy change during the last decade. It provides an accessible, practical and comparative source of current research that examines the intersecting and diverse discourses of this important issue. Divided into two parts, the handbook first examines globalisation and education policy reforms, including coverage of main trends as well as specific policy issues such as gender, equity, minorities and human rights. Next, the handbook offers a comparative perspective that evaluates the ambivalent and problematic relationship between globalisation, the state and education reforms globally. It features coverage on curricula issues and education reforms in schools around the world as well as the curriculum in the global culture. Now more than ever there is a need to understand and analyse both the intended and the unintended effects of globalisation on economic competitiveness, educational systems, the state and relevant policy changes - all as they affect individuals, the higher education sector, schools, policy-makers and powerful corporate organisations across the globe. By examining some of the major education policy issues, particularly in the light of recent shifts in education and policy research, this handbook offers readers a comprehensive picture of the impact of globalisation on education policy and reforms. It will serve as a vital sourcebook of ideas for researchers, practitioners and policy makers in education
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Preface; References; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Overview and Introduction; 1 Global Trends in Education and Academic Achievement; 1.1 Comparative View of Academic Achievement; 1.2 Schools for the Future; 1.3 Educational Policy Goals and Outcomes; 2 International Studies of Educational Achievement; 3 Globalisation, Education and Policy; 4 Multidimensional Aspect of Globalisation; 5 The Aim, Purpose and Structure of This Handbook; 6 Globalisation, Education and Policy Reforms; 6.1 Globalisation and Higher Education; 7 Globalisation and Education Policy Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.1 Globalisation, Education Policy and Change7.2 Policy Issues: Gender, Equity, Minorities, and Human Rights; 8 Globalisation, Education and Policy Research: Changing Schools: Section 3: Globalisation and Education Policy: Comparative Perspective; 8.1 Education, Policy and Curricula Issues; 8.2 Globalisation, Education Policy and Reform: Changing Schools; References; Part I: Globalisation, Education and Policy Research; Globalisation and Neoliberalism: A New Theory for New Times?; 1 The Concept of Globalisation; 2 Globalisation Theory as the 'Spatiotemporal Reformulation of Social Theory'
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Globalisation and Communications Technology4 Critical Reflections; 5 Conclusion: Globalisation Theory and the  Neoliberal Moment; References; Globalisation, Hegemony and Education Policies; 1 Globalisation, Ideology and Policy; 1.1 Ideology; 2 Paradigms, Culture and Ideology; 3 Early and Late Modern Ideologies; 3.1 Liberalism, Social Liberalism and Neoliberalism; 3.2 Conservatism; 3.3 Communism, Utopian Socialism, Syndicalism, Anarchism, Cooperative Socialism; 3.4 Populism; 4 Globalisation, Hegemony and Education; 5 Educational Paradigms and Ideologies; 5.1 The Market-Oriented Paradigm
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Etatist-Welfarist-Oriented Paradigm5.3 The Communitarian Paradigm; 6 Meta-ideological Dimensions; 7 Conclusion; References; Globalisation and Social Change; 1 Globalisation, Education and the Wellbeing of Humans; 2 Globalisation: Monitoring Human Development; 2.1 Index of Human Development; 3 Calculating the Human Development Index; 4 The Gender Inequality Index (GII); 5 Monitoring Educational Outcomes; 6 The First and Second IEA Science Studies; 7 The First and Second IEA Studies of Reading; 8 Globalisation and Monitoring Within Countries
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Monitoring of Achievement in the National Assessment of Educational Progress in the United States10 Globalisation and the Monitoring of Educational Outcomes; 11 The Agencies Currently Involved in Monitoring and Evaluation Programs; 11.1 The International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement (IEA); 11.2 The Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA); 11.3 Southern and Eastern African Consortium for Monitoring Educational Quality (SACMEQ); 11.4 Latin American Laboratory for the Evaluation of Quality in Education (LLECE)
    Description / Table of Contents: 11.5 The Conference of Education Ministers of Countries Using French as the Language of Communication (CONFERMEN)
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    ISBN: 9789401796736
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 502 p. 30 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 36
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Unifying the Philosophy of Truth
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Linguistics Philosophy
    Abstract: This anthology of the very latest research on truth features the work of recognized luminaries in the field, put together following a rigorous refereeing process. Along with an introduction outlining the central issues in the field, it provides a unique and unrivaled view of contemporary work on the nature of truth, with papers selected from key conferences in 2011 such as Truth Be Told (Amsterdam), Truth at Work (Paris), Paradoxes of Truth and Denotation (Barcelona) and Axiomatic Theories of Truth (Oxford). Studying the nature of the concept of ‘truth’ has always been a core role of philosophy, but recent years have been a boom time in the topic. With a wealth of recent conferences examining the subject from various angles, this collection of essays recognizes the pressing need for a volume that brings scholars up to date on the arguments. Offering academics and graduate students alike a much-needed repository of today’s cutting-edge work in this vital topic of philosophy, the volume is required reading for anyone needing to keep abreast of developments, and is certain to act as a catalyst for further innovation and research
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart 1. Truth and Natural Language -- ‘Truth Predicates’ in Natural Language; Friederike Moltmann,- Truth and Language, Natural and Formal; John Collins -- Truth and Trustworthiness ; Michael Sheard -- Part 2. Uses of Truth -- Putting Davidson’s Semantics to Work to Solve Frege’s Paradox on Concept and Object; Philippe de Rouilhan -- Sets, truth, and recursion; Reinhard Kahle -- Unfolding feasible arithmetic and weak truth; Sebastian Eberhard and Thomas Strahm -- Some remarks on the finite theory of revision; Ricardo Bruni -- Part 3. Truth as a Substantial Notion -- Truth as a Composite Correspondence; Gila Sher -- Complexity and Hierarchy in Truth Predicates; Michael Glanzberg -- Can Deflationism Account for the Norm of Truth?; Pascal Engel -- Part 4. Deflationism and Conservativity -- Norms For Theories Of Reflexive Truth; Volker Halbach and Leon Horsten -- Some weak theories of truth; Graham E. Leigh -- Deflationism and Instrumentalism; Martin Fischer -- Typed and Untyped Disquotational Truth; Cezary Cieśliński -- New Constructions Of Satisfaction Classes; Ali Enayat and Albert Visser -- Part 5. Truth Without Paradox -- Truth, Pretense and the Liar Paradox; Bradley Armour-Garb and James A. Woodbridge -- Groundedness, Truth and Dependence; Denis Bonnay and Floris Tijmen van Vugt -- On Stratified Truth; A. Cantini -- Part 6. Inferentialism and Revisionary Approach -- Truth, Signi_cation and Paradox; Stephen Read -- Vagueness, truth and permissive consequence; Pablo Cobreros, Paul Egré, David Ripley, Robert van Rooij.-  Validity and Truth-Preservation; Julien Murzi and Lionel Shapiro -- Getting One for Two, or the Contractors' Bad Deal. Towards a Uni_ed Solution to the Semantic Paradoxes; Zardini -- Kripke’s Thought-Paradox and the 5th Antinomy; Graham Priest.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    ISBN: 9789401771917
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 249 p, online resource)
    Edition: 1st ed. 2015
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Arts ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Arts
    Abstract: This volume examines the interface between the teachings of art and the art of teaching, and asserts the centrality of aesthetics for rethinking education. Many of the essays in this collection claim a direct connection between critical thinking, democratic dissensus, and anti-racist pedagogy with aesthetic experiences. They argue that aesthetics should be reconceptualized less as mere art appreciation or the cultivation of aesthetic judgment of taste, and more with the affective disruptions, phenomenological experiences, and the democratic politics of learning, thinking, and teaching. The first set of essays in the volume examines the unique pedagogies of the various arts including literature, poetry, film, and music. The second set addresses questions concerning the art of pedagogy and the relationship between aesthetic experience and teaching and learning. Demonstrating the flexibility and diversity of aesthetic expressions and experiences in education, the book deals with issues such as the connections between racism and affect, curatorship and teaching, aesthetic experience and the common, and studying and poetics. The book explores these topics through a variety of theoretical and philosophical lenses including contemporary post-structuralism, psychoanalysis, phenomenology, critical theory, and pragmatism.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Tyson E. Lewis and Megan J. LavertyPART I: ART’S TEACHINGS -- 1. Art’s Foreignness as an “Exit Pedagogy”; John Baldacchino -- 2. A Poietic Force that Belongs to No One: Reflections on Art and Education from an Agambenian Perspective; Joris Vlieghe -- 3. Opening Minds Through Narrative; Susan Verducci -- 4. An Organism of Words: Ekphrastic Poetry and the Pedagogy of Perception; Anne Keefe -- 5. Rosetta’s Moral Body: Modernist Lessons from Dardennes; René V. Arcilla -- 6. A Note on Scandals: The Role of Filmic Fantasy in Reproducing Teaching Ideals and Transgressions; James Stillwaggon and David Jelinek -- 7. Cinematic Screen Pedagogy in a Time of Modulated Control: To Think the Outside; Jan Jagodzinski -- 8. Music as an Apprenticeship for Life: John Dewey on the Art of Living; Megan J. Laverty -- 9. Aesthetics and Educational Value Struggles; Alexander J. Means -- 10. The Primacy of Movement in Research-Creation: New Materialist Approaches to Art Research and Pedagogy; Sarah Truman and Stephanie Springgay -- PART II: TEACHING’ ARTS -- 11. Suspending the Ontology of Effectiveness in Education: Reclaiming the Theatrical Gestures of the Ineffective Teacher; Tyson E. Lewis -- 12. Learning by Jamming; Eduardo Duarte -- 13. The Blue Soul of Jazz: Lessons on Waves of Anguish; Samuel Rocha -- 14. Funny Vibe: Towards a Somaesthetic Approach to Anti-Racist Education; David A. Granger -- 15. Toward a Curatorial Turn in Education; Claudia Ruitenberg.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401791755
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 394 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophy: A New Survey 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Philosophy of justice
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book presents surveys of significant trends in contemporary philosophy. Contributing authors explore themes relating to justice including natural rights, equality, freedom, democracy, morality and cultural traditions. Key movements and thinkers are considered, ranging from ancient Greek philosophy, Roman and Christian traditions to the development of Muslim law, Enlightenment perspectives and beyond. Authors discuss important works, including those of Aristotle, Ibn Khaldun, John Locke, Immanuel Kant and Mary Wollstonecraft. Readers are also invited to examine Hegel and the foundation of right, Karl Marx as a utopian socialist and the works of Paul Ricœur, amongst the wealth of perspectives presented in this book. Through these chapters, readers are able to explore the relationship of the state to justice and consider the rights of the individual and the role of law. Contributions presented here discuss concepts including Sharia law, freedom in the community and Libertarian Anarchism. Readers may follow accounts of justice in the Scottish Enlightenment and consider fairness, social justice and the concept of injustice. The surveys presented here show different approaches and a variety of interpretations. Each contribution has its own bibliography
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface ; Guttorm FløistadIntroduction; Guttorm Fløistad -- La justice à la lumière des Lois ; Bertrand Saint-Sernin -- Justice and Moderation in the State: Aristotle and Beyond; Eleni Leontsini -- Jean Bodin - The Modern State Comes into Being; Thomas Krogh -- Samuel Pufendorf - Natural Law, Moral Entities and the Civil Foundation of Morality; Thor Inge Rørvik -- Hugo Grotius - Individual Rights as the Core of Natural Law; Andreas Harald Aure -- Baruch Spinoza: Democracy and Freedom of Speech; Paola De Cuzzani -- Ibn Khaldun: Law and Justice in the Science of Civilisation; Lars Gule -- Inscrutable Divinity or Social Welfare? The Basis of Islamic Law; Knut S. Vikør -- John Locke - Libertarian Anarchism; Helga Varden -- Accounts of Justice in the Scottish Enlightenment; Athanasia Glycofrydi-Leontsini -- Rousseau - Equality and Freedom in the Community; Ellen Krefting -- Immanuel Kant - Justice as Freedom; Helga Varden -- Hegel and the Foundation of Right; Terje Stefan Sparby -- Mary Wollstonecraft - The Call for a Revolution of Female Manners; Kjersti Fjørtoft -- Karl Marx - a Utopian Socialist?; Jørgen Pedersen -- Humanity in Times of Crisis Hannah Arendt’s Political Existentialism; Odin Lysaker -- John Rawls’ Theory of Justice as Fairness; Andreas Follesdal -- Love and Justice in Ricœur; Peter Kemp -- Justice sociale, justice globale; Dominique Terré -- Seeing Injustice; Gülriz Uygur -- Justices : entre les impossibilités et la sagesse tragique; Jean-Godefroy Bidima.
    Note: "Institut International de Philosophie / International Institute of Philosophy , Includes bibliographical references and index , Title from PDF title page (viewed on Sept. 18, 2014)
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793001
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 156 p. 15 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cultural Studies of Science Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hewson, Mariana G. Embracing indigenous knowledge in science and medical teaching
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Südafrika ; Volksmedizin ; Lokales Wissen ; Wissensvermittlung
    Abstract: This book describes the gaps and commonalities in African and Western ways of knowing concerning science and medicine. It reflects a personal journey in teaching science and trans-cultural medicine in the African setting. In addition, it describes how the author became an initiate as a traditional healer in Zimbabwe. The book combines educational theory, research and lived experiences of teaching in southern Africa with the ideas of the indigenous healers of the region. Incorporating new knowledge of African indigenous knowledge and traditional healers, the book provides insights about, and suggestions for teaching and caring that are both surprising and energizing for our future
    Description / Table of Contents: PrologueChapter 1: Different Ways of Knowing -- SECTION B: SCIENCE EDUCATION -- Chapter 2: History of Science Teaching in Southern Africa -- Chapter 3: Teaching Science in Southern Africa -- SECTION C: MEDICAL EDUCATION AND PRACTICE -- Chapter 4: Challenges of Medicine Across the Cultural Divide -- Chapter 5: African Healing and Traditional Healers -- Chapter 6: Educating Traditional Healers -- SECTION D: IMPLICATIONS FOR SCIENCE AND CLINICAL TEACHING -- Chapter 7: Research on Indigenous Knowledge in South Africa and Lesotho -- Chapter 8: Integrating Indigenous Knowledge with Science Teaching -- Chapter 9: Incorporating Indigenous Knowledge into Clinical Teaching -- SECTION E: FINALE -- Chapter 10: Epilogue -- VIDEO: We Can Teach the Children -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    ISBN: 9789401793551
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 467 p. 16 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Indigenous education
    RVK:
    Keywords: International education ; Comparative education ; Educational policy ; ducation and state ; Educational sociology ; Higher education ; Anthropology ; Education and sociology ; Sociology, Educational ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Anthropology ; Indigenes Volk ; Bildung ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Indigenes Volk ; Bildung ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Kulturelle Identität
    Abstract: Indigenous Education is a compilation of conceptual chapters and national case studies that includes empirical research based on a series of data collection methods. The book provides up-to-date scholarly research on global trends on three issues of paramount importance with indigenous education-language, culture, and identity. It also offers a strategic comparative and international education policy statement on recent shifts in indigenous education, and new approaches to explore, develop, and improve comparative education and policy research globally. Contributing authors examine several social justice issues related to indigenous education. In addition to case perspectives from 12 countries and global regions, the volume includes five conceptual chapters on topics that influence indigenous education, including policy debates, the media, the united nations, formal and informal education systems, and higher education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Brief Author Bios; List of Acronyms and Abbreviations; List of Figures; List of Tables; 1 Global Review of Indigenous Education: Issues of Identity, Culture, and Language; Introduction; Global Roots of Education for All; Global Review of Literature on Indigenous Education; Regional Perspective from Africa; Regional Perspective from Asia; Regional Perspective from Europe; Regional Perspective from Latin America; Regional Perspective from Canada and the United States; Regional Perspective from Oceania; Chapter Summaries of the Book; Section I: Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Section II: LanguageSection III: Culture; Section IV: Identity; Conclusion; References; Part I Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education; 2 Policy Debates and Indigenous Education: The Trialectic of Language, Culture, and Identity; Introduction; Indigenous Education in Five Countries; China; Mexico; Taiwan; Uganda; United States; Conclusion; References; 3 ICT and Indigenous Education: Emerging Challenges and Potential Solutions; Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and Educational Resources: New Opportunities But Old Challenges; ICT, Language and Cultural Barriers
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural PreservationUse of ICT to Target Underserved and Indigenous Populations; Conclusion; References; 4 Formal and Informal Indigenous Education; Introduction; Informal Learning, the Learning Continuum and Indigenous Communities; Relations of Power and Educational Distinctions; Knowledge Boundaries and Their Implications for Indigenous Communities; Dynamics of Knowledge Systems and Knowledge Relations; Formal and Informal Learning-Seeking a Balance; References; 5 Indigenous Higher Education; The Assimilationist Anti-indigenous Education Model; Indigenous Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: An Indigenous ParadigmReferences; 6 East or West? Tradition and the Development of Hybrid Higher Education in Asia: Focus on China; The Traditional Context and Western Contact; The Intellectual Tradition in China; Some Observations on Indigenous Chinese Higher Education; Structure; Curriculum; Teachers, Students, Learning, and Assessment; Discussion; References; Part II Language; 7 Strategies for Overcoming Linguistic Genocide: How to Avoid Macroaggressions and Microaggressions that Lead Toward Indigenous Language Annihilation; Four Strategies to Avoid Linguistic Genocide
    Description / Table of Contents: Parents Are Central to Indigenous Language PreservationIndigenous Peoples Must Be Involved; Governments Should Play a Leading Role; Leverage Advances in Technology; Conclusion; References; 8 Sustaining Indigenous Identity Through Language Development: Comparing Indigenous Language Instruction in Two Contexts; Introduction; Indigenous Language Revitalization and Decentralization of Schooling; Northern Cheyenne: A Case Study of Language Revitalization; Impact on Education; Language Endangerment and Schooling; Northern Cheyenne Schooling and Language Revitalization
    Description / Table of Contents: Northern Cheyenne Language Revitalization
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordPreface -- 1. Global Review of Indigenous Education: Issues of Identity, Culture, and Language. W. James Jacob, Sheng Yao Cheng, and Maureen K. Porter -- Section I: Thematic Issues on Indigenous Education -- 2. Policy Debates and Indigenous Education: The Trialectic of Language, Culture, and Identity. W. James Jacob, Jing Liu, and Che-Wei Lee -- 3. ICT and Indigenous Education: Emerging Challenges and Potential Solutions. Rebecca A. Clothey -- 4. Formal and Informal Indigenous Education. Terry Wotherspoon -- 5. Indigenous Higher Education. Duane W. Champagne -- 6. Indigenous Chinese Higher Education: John N. Hawkins -- Section II: Language -- 7. Strategies for Overcoming Linguistic Genocide: How to Avoid Macroaggressions and Microaggressions that Lead toward Indigenous Language Annihilation. W. James Jacob -- 8. Sustaining Indigenous Identity through Language Development: Comparing Indigenous Language Instruction in Two Contexts: Carol J. Ward and David B. Braudt -- 9. Language-in-Education Policies in Africa: Perspectives, Practices, and Implications: Connie Ssebbunga-Masembe, Christopher B. Mugimu, Anthony Mugagga, and Stephen Backman -- 10. The Sami People in Scandinavia: Government Policies for Indigenous Language Recognition and Support in the Formal Education System: Mina O’Dowd -- 11. Learning from the Moa: The Challenge of Maori Language Revitalization in Aotearoa/New Zealand. Roger Boshier -- 12. Heteroglossia: Reframing the Conversation around Literacy Achievement for English Language Learners and American Indian/Alaska Native Students: Evelisa Natasha Genova and Lydia Ross -- Section III: Culture -- 13. Somos Incas: Enduring Cultural Sensibilities and Indigenous Education. Maureen K. Porter -- 14. Indigenous History, Culture, and Education in the Pacific Islands. Richard Scaglion -- 15. Reclaiming Indigenous Cultures in African Education. Edward Shizha -- 16. Indigenous Knowledges in Education: Anticolonial Struggles in a Monocultural Arena with Reference to Chile and South America. Anders Breidlid and Louis Royce Botha -- 17. The Role of Schools in Native American Language and Culture Revitalization: A Vision of Linguistic and Educational Sovereignty. Teresa L. McCarty and Tiffany S. Lee -- 18. Between the Community and the Individual: Identity in Intercultural Education in Mexico. Rocío Fuentes -- Section IV: Identity -- 19. Beyond the Cultural Turn: Indigenous Identity and Mainstream Identity. Sheng Yao Cheng -- 20. Idigeneity and Global Citizenship. Jerome M. Levi and Elizabeth Durham -- 21. Indigenous Identity and Education in Peruvian Amazonia. Bartholomew Dean -- 22. Intersections of Identity and Education: The Native American Experience. Hilary N. Weaver -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    ISBN: 9789401797658
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 238 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; medicine Philosophy ; Psychiatry ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; medicine Philosophy ; Psychiatry
    Abstract: Since its third edition in 1980, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM) of the American Psychiatric Association has acquired a hegemonic role in the health care professions and has had a broad impact on the lay public. The publication in May 2013 of its fifth edition, the DSM-5, marked the latest milestone in the history of the DSM and of American psychiatry. In The DSM-5 in Perspective: Philosophical Reflections on the Psychiatric Babel, experts in the philosophy of psychiatry propose original essays that explore the main issues related to the DSM-5, such as the still weak validity and reliability of the classification, the scientific status of its revision process, the several cultural, gender, and sexist biases that are apparent in the criteria, the comorbidity issue, and the categorical vs. dimensional debate. For several decades the DSM has been nicknamed “The Psychiatric Bible.” This volume would like to suggest another biblical metaphor: the Tower of Babel. Altogether, the essays in this volume describe the DSM as an imperfect and unachievable monument - a monument that was originally built to celebrate the new unity of clinical psychiatric discourse, but that ended up creating, as a result of its hubris, ever more profound practical divisions and theoretical difficulties
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Steeves Demazeux and Patrick SingyPart I. General issues -- Chapter 1. The Ideal of Scientific Progress and the DSM; Steeves Demazeux --  Chapter 2. DSM-5 and Research Concerning Mental Illness; Jeffrey Poland -- Chapter 3. DSM-5 and Psychiatry’s Second Revolution: Descriptive vs. Theoretical Approaches to Psychiatric Classification; Jonathan Tsou -- Chapter 4. DSM-5: The Delayed Demise of Descriptive Diagnosis; Stuart A. Kirk, David Cohen, Tomi Gomory -- Chapter 5. Must Disorders Cause Harm? The Changing Stance of the DSM; Rachel Cooper -- Chapter 6.‘Deviant Deviance’: Cultural Diversity in DSM-5; Dominic Murphy -- Part II. Specific issues -- Chapter 7. Danger and Difference: The Stakes of Hebephilia; Patrick Singy -- Chapter 8. Sexual Dysfunctions and Asexuality in DSM-5; Andrew Hinderliter -- Chapter 9. The Crippling Legacy of Monomanias in DSM-5; John Z. Sadler -- Chapter 10. The Loss of Grief: Science and Pseudoscience in the Debate Over DSM-5’s Elimination of the Bereavement Exclusion; Jerome Wakefield -- Chapter 11. Against Hyponarrating Grief: Incompatible Research and Treatment Interests in the DSM-5; Şerife Tekin -- Chapter 12. RDoC: Thinking Outside the DSM Box without Falling into a Reductionist Trap; Luc Faucher and Simon Goyer -- Chapter 13. DSM-5 and the Reconceptualization of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder: An Anthropological Perspective from the Neuroscience Laboratory; Baptiste Moutaud.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401797627
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 258 p. 4 illus., 1 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Technology Philosophy ; Economics
    Abstract: This edited volume explores the interplay between philosophies in a wide-ranging analysis of how technological applications in science inform our systems of thought. Beginning with a historical background, the volume moves on to explore a host of topics, such as the uses of technology in scientific observations and experiments, the salient relationship between technology and mechanistic notions in science, and the ways in which today’s vast and increasing computing power helps scientists achieve results that were previously unattainable. Technology allows today’s researchers to gather, in a matter of hours, data that would previously have taken weeks or months to assemble. It also acts as a kind of metaphor bank, providing biologists in particular with analogies (the heart as a ‘pump’, the nervous system as a ‘computer network’) that have become common linguistic currency. This book also examines the fundamental epistemological distinctions between technology and science and assesses their continued relevance. Given the increasing amalgamation of the philosophies of science and technology, this fresh addition to the literature features pioneering work in a promising new field that will appeal both to philosophers and scientific historiographers
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceContributors -- Part I. Introductory -- Preview; Sven Ove Hansson -- Chapter 1. Science and technology. What they are and why their relation matters; Sven Ove Hansson.-Part II. The technological origins of science -- Chapter 2. Technological thinking in science; David F. Channell -- Chapter 3. The scientific use of technological instruments; Mieke Boon -- Chapter 4. Experiments before science. What science learned from technological experiments Sven Ove Hansson -- Part III. Modern technology shapes modern science -- Chapter 5. Iteration unleashed. Computer technology in science; Johannes Lenhard -- Chapter 6. Computer simulations: a new mode of scientific inquiry?; Stéphanie Ruphy -- Chapter 7. Adopting a technological stance toward the living world. Promises, pitfalls and perils; Russell Powell -- Part IV. Reflections on a complex relationship -- Chapter 8. Goal rationality in science and technology. An epistemological perspective; Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 9. Reflections on rational goals in science and technology. A comment on Olsson; Peter Kroes -- Chapter 10. The naturalness of the naturalistic fallacy and the ethics of nanotechnology; Maoro Dorato -- Chapter 11. Human well-being, nature and technology; Ibo van de Poel -- Chapter 12. Philosophy of science and philosophy of technology: one or two philosophies of one or two objects?; Maarten Franssen.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    ISBN: 9789401799508
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 134 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: This book reports an in-depth case study and the student teaching experience of four preservice teachers during practical and clinical experiences in classroom in an urban community in New York. It examines the associations between preservice teachers’ self-regulatory skills and motivational beliefs and their clinical experience both in the college training classroom and in the school settings. The experiences of the students are examined from the perspective of social cognitive theory and self-regulation theory. The authors present a concise summary of an in-depth case study with practical applications across a wide spectrum of fields. They also summarize and give an overview of theories, issues, core concepts related to the self-regulatory experience and motivation of the four case studies. In an effective blend of theory and case histories, Bembenutty, White, and Vélez provide valuable information and advice for prospective teachers and teacher educators. Their focus on help seeking is critical given the array of resources available to overcome early difficulties especially for teachers with significant challenges. Also important is helping them understand the role of delay of gratification in the face of expanding sources of distraction. Stuart A. Karabenick, Research Professor, University of Michigan This book builds a really strong case for the importance of self-regulation in teacher education. Moreover, it tells a fascinating story of educational success against the odds, made possible by personal stamina as well as contextual support. Both teacher students and teacher educators around the world will find this book a wonderful inspiration. Ivar Bråten, Professor, University of Oslo, Norway This is a practical book which provides a compelling narrative with page after page on teacher self-regulatory functioning. I recommend this book for teacher preparation programs, and I will definitely share it with many of my students and colleagues. Anastasia Kitsantas, Professor, George Mason University
    Description / Table of Contents: About the AuthorPreface -- Chapter 1. Introduction: The Case Study -- Chapter 2. SELF-regulated Learning and Development in Teacher Preparation Training -- Chapter 3. Objectives and Methods -- Chapter 4. School Observations & Classroom Experience -- Chapter 5. Survey: Motivation and Self-regulation -- Chapter 6. Student Teaching Interview -- Chapter 7. Putting it all together: What really matters? -- Appendixes.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401795821
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 349 p. 62 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Biochemistry ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Biochemistry
    Abstract: Recounting the compelling story of a scientific discovery that took more than a century to complete, this trail-blazing monograph focuses on methodological issues and is the first to delve into this subject. This book charts how the biochemical and biophysical mechanisms of photosynthesis were teased out by succeeding generations of scientists, and the author highlights the reconstruction of the heuristics of modelling the mechanism-analyzed at both individual and collective levels. Photosynthesis makes for an instructive example. The first tentative ideas were developed by organic chemists around 1840, while by 1960 an elaborate proposal at a molecular level, for both light and dark reactions, was established. The latter is still assumed to be basically correct today. The author makes a persuasive case for a historically informed philosophy of science, especially regarding methodology, and advocates a history of science whose narrative deploys philosophical approaches and categories. She shows how scientists’ attempts to formulate, justify, modify, confirm or criticize their models are best interpreted as series of coordinated research actions, dependent on a network of super- and subordinated epistemic goals, and guided by recurrent heuristic strategies. With dedicated chapters on key figures such as Otto Warburg, who borrowed epistemic fundamentals from other disciplines to facilitate his own work on photosynthesis, and on more general topics relating to the development of the field after Warburg, this new work is both a philosophical reflection on the nature of scientific enquiry and a detailed history of the processes behind one of science’s most important discoveries.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction1. In Pursuit of a Pathway (1843-1918) -- 2. Otto Warburg and the Turn to Manometry (1912-25) -- 3. Struggling with the Standard Model (1930-41) -- 4. The Maximum Quantum Yield Controversy (1937-55) -- 5. The Path of Carbon in Photosynthesis (1937-1954) -- 6. Elucidating the Light Reactions (1950-1961) -- Epilogue.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    ISBN: 9789401799997
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 173 p. 21 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy
    Abstract: Biogeography is a multidisciplinary field with multiple origins in 19th century taxonomic practice. The Origins of Biogeography presents a revised history of early biogeography and investigates the split in taxonomic practice, between the classification of taxa and the classification of vegetation. This book moves beyond the traditional belief that biogeography is born from a synthesis of Darwin and Wallace and focuses on the important pioneering work of earlier practitioners such as Zimmermann, Stromeyer, de Candolle and Humboldt. Tracing the academic history of biogeography over the decades and centuries, this book recounts the early schisms in phyto and zoogeography, the shedding of its bonds to taxonomy, its adoption of an ecological framework, and its beginnings at the dawn of the 20th century. This book assesses the contributions of key figures such as Zimmermann, Humboldt and Wallace, and reminds us of the forgotten influence of plant and animal geographers including Stromeyer, Prichard and de Candolle, whose early attempts at classifying animal and plant geography would inform later progress. The Origins of Biogeography is a science historiography aimed at biogeographers, who have little access to a detailed history of the practices of early plant and animal geographers. This book will also reveal how biological classification has shaped 18th and 19th century plant and animal geography and why it is relevant to the 21st biogeographer
    Description / Table of Contents: PrologueChapter 1. A History of Biogeography for the 21st century Biogeographer -- Chapter 2 Origins, Race & Distribution -- Chapter 3. Humboldt, Stromeyer and Candolle -- Chapter 4. Classification Divided -- Chapter 5. Plant and Animal Geography in Practise: Maps, Regions and Regionalisation -- Chapter 6. The Legacy of 19th Century Plant and Animal Geography -- Epilogue -- Biosketches -- Appendix. Translation of the Introduction to “Commentatio Inauguralis Sistens Historiae Vegetablium Geographiae Specimen” by Friedrich Stromeyer (1800)(Translation by Mark Garland).  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401793520
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 258 p. 16 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages
    Abstract: This book examines language policies and practices in schools in regions of China populated by indigenous minority groups. It focuses on models of trilingual education, i.e. education in the home language, Putonghua (Mandarin Chinese, the national language), and English (the main foreign language). Special attention is given to the study of the vitality of the minority home language in each region and issues relating to and the effects of the teaching and learning of the minority home language on minority students’ acquisition of Mandarin Chinese and English and on their school performance in general. The book also examines the case of Cantonese in Guangdong, where the local Chinese ‘dialect’ is strong but distant from the mainstream language, Putonghua. It takes a new approach to researching sociolinguistic phenomena, and presents a new methodology that emerged from studies of bi/trilingualism in European societies and was then tailored to the trilingual context in China. The methodology encompasses policy analysis and community language profiles, as well as school-based fieldwork, and provides rich data that facilitate multilevel analysis of policy-in-context
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface1. Researching Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in China -- Part 1: Meng-Chao-Xin -- 2. Four Models of Mongolian Nationality Schools in the Inner Mongolian Autonomous Region -- 3.Trilingual Education in China’s Korean Communities -- 4. Language Learning and Empowerment: Languages in Education for Uyghurs in Xinjiang -- Part 2: Qing-Zang-Chuan -- 5. Ethnolinguistic Vitality, Language Attitudes and Language Education in Tibetan Schools in Qinghai -- 6. When English Meets Chinese in Tibetan Schools: Towards an Understanding of Multilingual Education in Tibet -- 7. A Multi-case Investigation into Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in Liangshan Yi Autonomous Prefecture -- Part 3: Yun-Gui-Yue -- 8. A Survey Report on Trilingualism and Trilingual Education in Yunnan -- 9. Emerging Trilingualism among the Dong Minority in Guizhou Province -- 10. Language Attitudes of Secondary School Students in Guangdong -- 11. Trilingualism in Education: Models and Challenges.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    ISBN: 9789401794121
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 490 p. 54 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 307
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Embryology ; Evolution (Biology) ; History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Embryology ; Evolution (Biology) ; History
    Abstract: This volume explores questions about conceptual change from both scientific and philosophical viewpoints by analyzing the recent history of evolutionary developmental biology. It features revised papers that originated from the workshop "Conceptual Change in Biological Science: Evolutionary Developmental Biology, 1981-2011" held at the Max Planck Institute for the History of Science in Berlin in July 2010. In these papers, philosophers and biologists compare and contrast key concepts in evolutionary developmental biology and their development since the original, seminal Dahlem conference on evolution and development held in Berlin in 1981. Many of the original scientific participants from the 1981 conference are also contributors to this new volume and, in conjunction with other expert biologists and philosophers specializing on these topics, provide an authoritative, comprehensive view on the subject. Taken together, the papers supply novel perspectives on how and why the conceptual landscape has shifted and stabilized in particular ways, yielding insights into the dynamic epistemic changes that have occurred over the past three decades. This volume will appeal to philosophers of biology studying conceptual change, evolutionary developmental biologists focused on comprehending the genesis of their field and evaluating its future directions, and historians of biology examining this period when the intersection of evolution and development rose again to prominence in biological science
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Conceptual Change and Evolutionary Developmental Biology; Alan C. LovePART I: ADAPTATION, ALLOMETRY, HETEROCHRONY AND HOMOPLASY -- Chapter 2: Adaptive Aspects of Development: A Thirty-year Perspective on the Relevance of Biomechanical and Allometric Analyses; Karl Niklas -- Chapter 3: Do Functional Requirements for Embryos and Larvae Have a Place in Evo-devo? Richard Strathmann -- Chapter 4: Is Heterochrony Still an Effective Paradigm for Contemporary Studies of Evo-devo? James Hanken -- Chapter 5: Homoplasy, a Moving Target; David Wake -- PART II: PHENOTYPIC PLASTICITY, DEVELOPMENTAL VARIATION AND EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY -- Chapter 6: The Concept of Phenotypic Plasticity and the Evolution of Phenotypic Plasticity in Life History Traits; Stephen Stearns -- Chapter 7: A Developmental-physiological Perspective on the Development and Evolution of Phenotypic Plasticity; H. Fred Nijhout -- Chapter 8: Cellular Basis of Morphogenetic Change: A Retrospective from the Vantage Point of Developmental Signaling Pathways; John Gerhart -- Chapter 9: The Road to Facilitated Variation; Marc Kirschner -- PART III: MODELS, LARVAE, PHYLA AND PALEONTOLOGY -- Chapter 10: Phyla, Phylogeny, and Embryonic Body Plans; Gary Freeman -- Chapter 11: Evo-devo and the Evolution of Marine Larvae: From the Modern World to the Dawn of the Metazoa; Rudolf Raff -- Chapter 12: Dahlem 1981: Before and Beyond; Armand de Ricqlès -- Chapter 13: What Salamander Biologists Have Taught Us about Evo-devo; James Griesemer -- PART IV: CONSTRAINT AND EVOLVABILITY -- Chapter 14: From Developmental Constraint to Evolvability: How Concepts Figure in Explanation and Disciplinary Identity; Ingo Brigandt -- Chapter 15: Reinventing the Organism: Evolvability and Homology in Post-Dahlem Evolutionary Biology; Günter Wagner -- Chapter 16: Internal Factors in Evolution: The Morphogenetic Tree, Developmental Bias, and Some Thoughts on the Conceptual Structure of Evo-devo; Wallace Arthur -- Chapter 17: Entrenchment as a Theoretical Tool in Evolutionary Developmental Biology; William Wimsatt -- PART V: HIERARCHIES AND INTERDISCIPLINARITY -- Chapter 18: Hierarchies and Integration in Evolution and Development; Marvalee Wake -- Chapter 19: Development and Evolution: The Physics Connection; Stuart Newman -- Chapter 20: The Interaction of Research Systems in the Evo-devo Juncture; Elihu Gerson -- Chapter 21: Evo-devo as a Trading Zone; Rasmus Grønfeldt Winther -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    ISBN: 9789401795029
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 189 p. 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This book discusses and elaborates on how practice-based pedagogy can effectively co-exist with the practices and interests of academia. In doing so, it lays bare the tensions between learning in workplace practices and the cultures that contribute to the complex relationships required for successful implementation in higher education. It does so in an attempt to resolve an approach within which university students may enjoy the learning inherent in the practice of work whilst pursuing robust higher education qualifications. The contributions here variously explore the epistemologies, structures, politics, histories and rituals that both support and constrain opportunity and success in students’ experiences. They illuminate the issues, practices and factors that shape the processes and outcome of educational efforts to integrate experiences in both practice and educational settings, each of which has their own distinct cultures, practice within their communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Series Editors' Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1; Practice-Based Learning in Higher Education: Jostling Cultures; Practice-Based Learning and Higher Education; The Provision of Practice-Based Experiences in Higher Education; Negotiating Amongst and Jostling Cultures; Transforming Institutional and Teacher Practices; Contributions to These Arguments; References; Chapter-2; The Practices of Using and Integrating Practice-Based Learning in Higher Education; Practice Based Experiences and Higher Education; The Learning of Occupations Within Practice Settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Constituting Effective Educational Provisions and PracticesTowards an Effective Integration of Practice Experiences; Providing Practice-Based Experiences; Pedagogic Practices for Integrating Practice Experiences Within Higher Education Courses; The Practices of Practice-Based Education; References; Chapter-3; Knowledge Claims and Values in Higher Education; Practice-Based Learning and Epistemological Difference; Knowledge Claims in the 'Practice Turn'; Traditions, Disciplines and Dissonance; Knowledge Claims and Confluence; Conclusions; References; Chapter-4
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Critical Moral Agency Through Workplace EngagementPower, Agency and Learning in the Workplace; The Agency of the Emerging Professional; An Exploration of Moral Agency in Engineering and Science Students; Evolving Agentic Practice; Educating for Critical Moral Agency; Conclusion; References; Chapter-5; Standards and Standardization; Introduction; Critical discourse analysis; Standards and standardization ; The Benefits and Challenges of Standardization; A critique of the standards; Addressing the Questions; Embracing the opportunities ; Summary; Reference; Chapter-6
    Description / Table of Contents: Professional Standards in Curriculum Design: A Socio-Technical Analysis of Nursing Competency StandardsIntroduction; Literature Review; Professional Standards Can Work as a Boundary Object; Curriculum Design as Translation Work ; Legitimation of Nursing Knowledge Through Assemblages of Competence: A Theory-Methods Package; Discussion; Limitations; Conclusion; References; Chapter-7; The Role of Epistemology in Practice-Based Learning: The Case of Artifacts; The Artefact, the Discipline, the Academic and the Institution; Why Bourdieu and de Certeau? ; Field, Capital and Habitus; Field; Habitus
    Description / Table of Contents: (Habitus X Capital) + Field = PracticeDe Certeau and Practice; Negotiating Fields and Habitus in Pursuit of Excellent Practice; References; Chapter-8; E-learning as Organizing Practice in Higher Education; Introduction; Education as Organization and Practice; Practice, Technology and Organizing Education; E-learning Practice and Organizing in Higher Education ; The Brazilian E-Learning Models in Higher Education; Analysing E-learning Models in Higher Education as Organizing Practices by Brazilian Experience; Learning the E-learning "Times" ; The Necessity of Planning
    Description / Table of Contents: The Learning of VLE Logic and Functioning
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    ISBN: 9789401796361
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 18 illus., 10 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 309
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Sciences in the universities of Europe, nineteenth and twentieth centuries
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Education, Higher ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europa ; Hochschule ; Naturwissenschaften ; Geschichte 1800-2000
    Abstract: This book focuses on sciences in the universities of Europe in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, and the chapters in it provide an overview, mostly from the point of view of the history of science, of the different ways universities dealt with the institutionalization of science teaching and research. A useful book for understanding the deep changes that universities were undergoing in the last years of the 20th century. The book is organized around four central themes: 1) Universities in the longue durée; 2) Universities in diverse political contexts; 3) Universities and academic research; 4) Universities and discipline formation. The book is addressed at a broad readership which includes scholars and researchers in the field of General History, Cultural History, History of Universities, History of Education, History of Science and Technology, Science Policy, high school teachers, undergraduate and graduate students of sciences and humanities, and the general interested public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Chapter-1 ; Introduction ; 1.1 European Universities in the Marketplace ; 1.1.1 Bibliocentrism ; 1.1.2 Funding ; 1.1.3 Teaching ; 1.1.4 Assessment ; 1.2 The Painful Transition of European Universities ; 1.3 Academic Landscapes. Sciences in the Universities of Europe, Nineteenth and Twentieth Centu; Part I; Universities in the longue durée; Chapter-2; "Those that Have Most Money Must Have Least Learning": Undergraduate Education at the University of Oxford in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Oxford in the Eighteenth Century: The University in Decline?2.2 The Oxford Student Ranks; 2.3 The Oxford Gentleman and a Different Education; 2.4 Limited Opportunities for Poor Students; 2.5 Jeremy Bentham and Vicesimus Knox; References; Chapter-3; From Ørsted to Bohr:The Sciences and the Danish University System, 1800-1920; 3.1 University and Natural Philosophy until 1800; 3.2 Troubles and Progress in the Romantic Era; 3.3 Universities and Wars; 3.4 A Network of Science Institutions; 3.5 The Copenhagen Science Faculty; 3.6 Some Highlights; 3.7 Between Internationalism and Provincialism
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter-4; Changing Concepts of 'The University' and Oxford's Governance Debates, 1850s-2000s; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Victorian Reform: 1850s to 1870s; 4.3 New Role for the State: 1920s; 4.4 Increasing Access and University Expansion: 1960s; 4.5 Accountability and Efficiency: 1990s-2000s; Conclusion; References; Chapter-5; Challenging the Backlash: Women Science Students in Italian Universities (1870s-2000s); 5.1 In the Long Term; 5.2 'Women in a World Without Women':The International Context in the 'Age of Science'; 5.3 In Italy: The Big Sleep; 5.4 From 1900 to the Second World War
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 From the Cold War to the PresentConclusions; References; Chapter-6; The University of Strasbourg and World Wars; 6.1 A Regained Prestigious Institution; 6.2 Anchoring of the University in the Alsace and the Attendant Tensions; 6.3 Restaffing the Chemistry Institute and Moving into New Areas; 6.4 Strasbourg and Paris; 6.5 A Difficult Coexistence in Clermont-Ferrand; 6.6 Attack of the Nazis on the University of Strasbourg in Clermont-Ferrand; 6.7 Survival of New Subdisciplines Started in Strasbourg; 6.8 Overview and Conclusions; References; Chapter-7
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities in Central Europe: Changing Perspectives in the Troubled Twentieth Century7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Provincial Universities in the Multinational Habsburg Empire before 1918; 7.3 Completion, Restructuring, and Modernisation of the Higher-Education Network in Interwar Czechoslovakia (1918-1938); 7.4 Disintegration and Devolution of Original Czechoslovak System (1939-1945); 7.5 Reconstruction, Regionalization, and Sovietization (1945-1989); 7.6 Transformations and Reforms (1990-); Conclusions; References; Part II; Universities in diverse political contexts; Chapter-8
    Description / Table of Contents: University Models in Changing Political Contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: UNIVERSITIES IN THE LONGUE DURÉEChapter 1: “Those That Have Most Money Must Have Least Learning”: Undergraduate Education at the University of Oxford in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries; Robert Wells -- Chapter 2: From Ørsted to Bohr: The Sciences and the Danish University System, 1800-1920; Helge Kragh -- Chapter 3: Changing Concepts of “the University” and Oxford’s Governance Debates, 1850s-2000s; Andrew M. Boggs -- Chapter 4: Challenging the Backlash: Women Science Students in Italian Universities, 1870s-2000s; Paola Govoni -- Chapter 5: The University of Strasbourg and World Wars; Pierre Laszlo -- Chapter 6: Universities in Central Europe: Changing Perspectives in the Troubled Twentieth Century; Petr Svobodny -- PART II: UNIVERSITIES IN DIVERSE POLITICAL CONTEXTS -- Chapter 7: University Models in Changing Political Contexts; Gabor Pallo -- Chapter 8: The Autonomous Industrial University of Barcelona and the Frustrated Expectations of Democracy in Pre-war Spain, 1933-34? Antoni Roca-Rosell -- Chapter 9: Reform and Repression: Manuel Lora Tamayo and the Spanish University in the 1960s; Agustí Nieto-Galan -- Chapter 10: Universities in Russia: Current Reforms through the Prism of Soviet Heritage and International Practice; Evgeny Vodichev -- PART III: UNIVERSITIES AND ACADEMIC RESEARCH -- Chapter 11: University Societies and Clubs in Nineteenth and Twentieth-century Britain and their Role in the Promotion of Research; William Lubenow -- Chapter 12: The German Model of Laboratory Science and the European Periphery, 1860-1914; Geert Vanpaemel -- Chapter 13: Foundation of the Lisbon Polytechnic School Astronomical Observatory in Late Nineteenth Century: A Step Towards Establishing a University in Lisbon; Luís Miguel Carolino -- Chapter 14: The Political and Cultural Revolution of the CNRS: An Attempt at the Systematic Organization of Research in Opposition to “the Academic Spirit”; Robert Belot -- Chapter 15: Visions of Science: Research at the Faculty of Sciences of the University of Lisbon seen through its Journal; Maria Paula Diogo, Ana Carneiro and Ana Simões -- PART IV: UNIVERSITIES AND DISCIPLINE FORMATION -- Chapter 16: The Reforms of the Austrian University System and their Influence on the Process of Discipline Formation, 1848-1860; Christof Aichner -- Chapter 17: The Physics Laboratory of Leiden University; Dirk von Delft -- Chapter 18: A Peripheral Center: Early Quantum Physics at Cambridge; Jaume Navarro -- Chapter 19: From the Museum to the Field: Geology Teaching in the Faculty of Sciences of the University of Lisbon; Teresa Salomé Mota -- Chapter 20: The Emergence of Biotypology in Brazilian Medicine: The Italian Model, Textbooks, and Discipline Building, 1930-1940; Ana Carolina Vimieiro Gomes -- Epilogue.
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    ISBN: 9789401793193
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 256 p. 6 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 15
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Philosophy of music education challenged
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 ; Musik ; Pädagogik ; Bildung ; Heidegger, Martin 1889-1976 ; Musik ; Pädagogik ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume offers key insights into the crisis of legitimization that music as a subject of arts education seems to be in. Music as an educational subject is under intense pressure, both economically, due to the reduction of education budgets, as well as due to a loss of status with policy makers. The contributions in this book illuminate Martin Heidegger’s thinking as a highly cogent theoretical framework for understanding the nature and depth of this crisis. The contributors explore from various angles the relationship between the pressure on music education and the foundations of our technical and rationalized modern society, and lead the way on the indispensable first steps towards reconnecting the cultural practices of education with music and its valuable contributions to personal development
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: An Ontological Turn in the Field of Music and Music EducationPart I Technical Rationality and Nihilism -- 1. Musings of Heidegger: Arts Education and the Mall as a ‘debased’ (Dreyfus) work of Art -- 2. The Intrinsic Value of Musical Experience. A Rethinking: Why and How? -- 3. Ways of Revealing: Music Education Responses to Music Technology -- 4. Towards an Ontological Turn in Music Education with Heidegger’s Philosophy of being and his Notion of Releasement -- Part II Music and Being -- 5. Body - Music - Being: Making Music as Bodily Being in the World -- 6. Music as Art - Art as Being - Being as Music: A Philosophical Investigation into how Music Education can Embrace a Work of Art Based on Heidegger’s Thinking -- Part III Musical Experience -- 7. Music, Truth and Belonging: Listening with Heidegger -- 8. The Phenomenology of Music: Implications for Teenage Identities and Music Education -- 9. Music Education as a Dialogue between the Outer and the Inner: A Jazz Pedagogue’s Philosophy of Music Education -- 10. Pendulum Dialogues and the Re-enchantment of the World -- Part IV Bildung and Truth -- 11. Revisiting the Cave: Heidegger’s Reinterpretation of Plato’s Allegory with Reference to Music Education -- 12. From Heidegger to Dufrenne and Back: Bildung Beyond Subject and Object in Art Experience -- 13. Practice as Self-exploration -- 14. Art and ‘Truth’: Heidegger’s Ontology in Light of Ernst Bloch’s Philosophy of Hope and Hans-Georg Gadamer’s Play-metaphor. Three Impulses for a New Perspective of Musical Bildung.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401792325
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 221 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Education Philosophy ; Bioethik ; Ethikunterricht ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book critically analyses experiences with bioethics education in various countries across the world and identifies common challenges and interests. It presents ethics teaching experiences in nine different countries and the basic question of the goals of bioethics education. It addresses bioethics education in resource-poor countries, as the conditions and facilities are widely different, and set limits and provide challenges to bioethics educators. Further, the question of how bioethics education can be improved is explored by the contributors. Despite the volume of journal publications agreement on bioethics education is rather limited. There are only few examples of core curricula, demonstrating consensus on the contents, goals, methods and assessment of teaching programs. We need ask: How can agreement on the best modalities of bioethics education be promoted?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Henk ten Have; Introduction. Globalization of bioethics educationPart I: Ethics teaching experiences around the globe -- Chapter 2: William Saad Hossne and Leo Pessini; Bioethics education in Brazil -- Chapter 3: Vina Vaswani and Ravi Vaswani: Bioethics education in India -- Chapter 4: Toshitaka Adachi; Bioethics education in Japan: Ethics education for medical and nursing students -- Chapter 5: Ademola J. Ajuwon; Access to bioethics education in Nigeria: Past history, current situation, and opportunities for the future -- Chapter 6: Nada Adeeb Omar ElTaiba; Teaching ethics to social work students in Qatar: a vibrant challenge -- Chapter 7: Hongqi Wang and Xin Wang; Medical ethics education in China -- Part II: Ethics education for professionals -- Chapter 8: Paul Ndebele; The goal of ethics education in institutions of higher learner. The case of the University of Botswana -- Chapter 9: Bahaa Darwish; How effective can ethics education be? -- Chapter 10: Rosemary Donley: Teaching ethics to nurses -- Part III: Educating bioethics in resource-poor countries -- Chapter 11: Claude Vergès; Teaching bioethics in the socio-ecological context of resource-poor countries -- Chapter 12: Leonardo de Castro and Sarah Jane Toledano; Bioethics education in resource-challenged countries in resource-challenged countries -- Part IV: Can bioethics education be improved? -- Chapter 13: Berna Arda; Ways to improve bioethics education -- Chapter 14: Bert Gordijn; Moral improvement through ethics education -- Chapter 15: Volnei Garrafa, Natan Monsores and Claudio Lorenzo; Challenges for bioethics education in Brazil - adapting the core curriculum of UNESCO for critical practice -- Chapter 16: Jan Helge Solbakk; Movements and movies in bioethics: The use of theatre and cinema in teaching bioethics.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references at the end of each chapters
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    ISBN: 9789400767638
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 322 p. 63 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: ASTE Series in Science Education 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teacher educators as K-12 teachers
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Science teacher educators prepare and provide professional development for teachers at all grade levels. They seek to improve conditions in classroom teaching and learning, professional development, and teacher recruitment and retention. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers: Practicing What We Teach tells the story of sixteen teacher educators who stepped away from their traditional role and entered the classroom to teach children and adolescents in public schools and informal settings. It details the practical and theoretical insights that these members of the Association of Science Teacher Educators (ASTE) earned from experiences ranging from periodic guest teaching to full-time engagement in the teaching role. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers shows science teacher educators as professionals engaged in reflective analysis of their beliefs about and experiences with teaching children or adolescents science. With their ideas about instruction and learning challenged, these educators became more aware of the circumstances today's teachers face. Their honest accounts reveal that through teaching children and adolescents, teacher educators can also renew themselves and expand their identities as well as their understanding of themselves in the profession and in relation to others. Science Teacher Educators as K-12 Teachers will appeal to all those with an interest in science education, from teacher educators to science teachers, as well as teacher educators in other disciplines. Its narratives and insights may even inspire more teacher educators to envision new opportunities to serve teachers, K-12 learners and the local community through a variety of teaching arrangements in public schools and informal education settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction, Kathy Cabe TrundlePracticing What We Teach, Michael Dias -- K-12 Teaching with no Ties to University -- Policy and the Planned Curriculum: Teaching High School Biology Every Day, Carolyn S. Wallace -- Get Real! Walking the Walk to Inform Talking the Talk: Full-time Teaching in an Urban High School, Paul Jablon -- The Nail in the Coffin: How Returning to the Classroom Killed My Belief in Schooling (But Not in Public Education), Don Duggan-Haas -- K-12 Teaching During University Sabbatical -- Becoming an Elementary Teacher of Nature of Science: Lessons Learned for Teaching Elementary Science, Valarie L. Akerson, Ingrid S. Weiland, Vanashri Nargund-Joshi, Khemmawadee Pongsanon -- A Sabbatical as a Middle Grades Science Teacher: Building New Practical Knowledge for Practice, Charles J. Eick -- Ten Years Out: The Long-Term Benefits of a Year Working as a Physical Science Teacher, Lee Meadows -- Elementary Science Teaching, Then and Now, Edward L. Shaw, Jr -- Being Ready to Learn: My Experience Differentiating Science with Third Graders, Mark Guy -- K-12 Teaching in a Summer Program -- Science Teacher Educator’s Partnership Experiences Teaching Urban Middle School Students in Multiple Informal Settings, Sherri L. Brown -- Differentiating through Problem-Based Learning: Learning to ExploreMore! with Gifted Students, Neporcha Cone, Bongani Bantwini, Ethel King-McKenzie, Barry Bogan -- Learning from Fourth and Fifth Graders in a Summer School for English Language Learners, Molly H. Weinburgh, Cecilia Silva, Kathy Smith -- K-12 Teaching While University Professor -- Teaching High School Chemistry as a University Science Educator: One Small Investment with a Significant Return, MaryKay Orgill, Patricia M. Friedrichsen -- Improving Theories and Practices Through Collaborative Self-studies of Urban Science Teaching and Learning, Kenneth Tobin -- K-12 Teaching as Professor in Coteaching Role -- Gaining a New Perspective: Co-Teaching with Elementary Pre-Service Teachers,  Leslie U. Bradbury -- Reestablishing the Role of the University Professor in the Laboratory School: Re-tooling in An Elementary Classroom, Kimberly Lott -- Improving Science Teacher Education Practice: Influence from Professional Development School Involvement, G. Nathan Carnes -- Final Thoughts -- Teaching Youth Again: Reflecting on Renewal, Charles J. Eick, Laurie Brantley-Dias, Michael Dias -- Closing, Jack Hassard.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 160 p. 5 illus., 3 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy 43
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Business ethics and risk management
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Risikomanagement ; Wirtschaftsethik
    Abstract: This volume explores various aspects of risk taking. It offers an analysis of financial, entrepreneurial and social risks, as well as a discussion of the ethical implications of empirical findings. The main issues examined in the book are the financial crisis and its implications for business ethics. The book discusses unethical behaviour as a reputational risk (e.g., in the case of Goldman Sachs) and the question is raised as to what extent the financial crisis has changed the banks’ entrepreneurial strategy. The book presents an analysis of the reasons leading to the crisis and identifies them as ethical dilemma structures. In addition, it looks at general questions regarding ethical behaviour and risk taking, such as: To what extent does the social embeddedness or abstraction play a role in guaranteeing ethical behaviour? What conclusions can be drawn from institutional or evolutionary perspectives on risk management? Finally, the book discusses further issues that become factors of risk within and between societies, such as work insecurity, corruption or the problem of facilitation payments as a risk in international transactions.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1) Risk Management and Risk Taking; Christoph Luetge: Risk Taking and the Ethics of Entrepreneurship2) Risk Management on Financial Markets -- Elena Esposito: The Present Use of the Future: Management and Production of Risk on Financial Markets -- Boudewijn de Bruin: Epistemically Virtuous Risk Management: Financial Due Diligence and Uncovering the Madoff Fraud -- 3) Risk Management in Organizations -- Jacob Dahl Rendtorff: Risk Management, Banality of Evil and Moral Blindness in Organizations and Corporations -- Cristina Besio: Transforming Risks into Moral Issues in Organizations --  Matthias Gronemeyer: Decision-Making as Navigational Art: A Pragmatic Approach to Risk Management -- 4) Philosophical Issues of Risk Management -- Thomas Beschorner: Beyond Risk Management, Toward Ethics - Institutional und Evolutionary Perspectives -- Nikil Mukerji: Consequentialism, Deontology and the Morality of Promising -- 5) Risk Management in Specific Systems -- Julie Jebeile:  The Nuclear Power Plant: Our New “Tower of Babel”? -- Nguyen Hoang Anh: The Global Economic Crisis as a Risk for the International Trade in  Hanoi.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768574
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 482 p. 189 illus., 24 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Boone, William J. Rasch analysis in the human sciences
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Statistics ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Educational psychology ; Statistics ; Education ; Educational psychology ; Educational tests and measurements ; Science Study and teaching ; Statistics
    Abstract: Rasch Analysis in the Human Sciences helps individuals, both students and teachers, master the key concepts and resources needed to use Rasch techniques for analyzing data from assessments to measure variables such as abilities, attitudes, and personality traits. Upon completion of the text, readers will be able to confidently evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of existing instrumentation, compute linear person measures and item measures, interpret Wright Maps, utilize Rasch software, and understand what it means to measure in the Human Sciences. Each of the 24 chapters presents a key concept using a mix of theory and application of user-friendly Rasch software. Chapters also include a beginning and ending dialogue between two typical researchers learning Rasch, formative assessment check points, sample data fi les, an extensive set of application activities with answers, a one paragraph sample research article text integrating the chapter topic, quick-tips, and suggested readings. Rasch Analysis in the Human Sciences will be an essential resource for anyone wishing to begin or expand their learning of Rasch measurement techniques, be it in the Health Sciences, Market Research, Education, or Cognitive Sciences. “Rasch Analysis in the Human Sciences represents a much needed, practical, and approachable guide to the use of Rasch methods and models within the field of education in general and in STEM fields most particularly. With a future ever more guided by data-driven decision-making, it is essential that our educators become more familiar with fundamental measurement concepts. Dr. Boone’s new text provides readers with a powerful set of new skills, set within an accessible, easy to read framework.” Gregory Ethan Stone, Professor of Educational Foundations and Leadership, University of Toledo, Ohio, USA “Bill Boone’s book leads educators as well as doctoral students to using Rasch as a model for measurement and profound interpretation of data and provides a profound and understandable introduction into a difficult topic.” Hans E. Fischer, Professor of Physics Education, University of Duisburg-Essen, Germany “This book will be invaluable to those in the social sciences who want to improve the quality of our science through improved measurement.” Cynthia W. Kelly, Professor of Nursing, The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, Alabama, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: What is Rasch Measurement & How Can Rasch Measurement Help Me?Rating Scale Surveys, A Rasch Rating Scale Analysis (Step I)-Reading Data and Running an Analysis -- Understanding Person Measures -- Item Measures -- Wright Maps - First Steps -- Wright Maps - Second Steps Fit -- How Well Does That Rating Scale Work? How Do You Know, Too? -- Person Reliability, Item Reliability and More -- What is an Ogive? How do I Use It? -- Some Wright Map Nuance, How To Set the Probability of Success at 65% (or whichever percentage you wish to choose) -- Differential Item Functioning -- Linking Surveys and Tests -- Setting Pass/Fail Points and Competency Levels -- Expressing Competency Levels -- Quality of Measurement and Sample Size -- Missing Data:  What should I do? -- Combining Scales -- Multifaceted Rasch Measurement -- The Rasch Model and Item Response Theory Models:  Identical, Similar, or Unique? -- What Tables to Use? -- Key Resources for Continued Expansion of Your Understanding of Rasch Measurement -- Where Have We Been & What’s Next?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771130
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 369 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Dao Companions to Chinese Philosophy 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dao Companion to the Analects
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, modern ; Philosophy ; Religion (General) ; Kong, Qiu v551-v479 Lun yu ; China ; Philosophie ; Konfuzianismus ; Kong, Qiu v551-v479 Lun yu ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This volume surveys the major philosophical concepts, arguments, and commitments of the Confucian classic, the Analects. In thematically organized chapters, leading scholars provide a detailed, scholarly introduction to the text and the signal ideas ascribed to its protagonist, Confucius. The volume opens with chapters that reflect the latest scholarship on the disputed origins of the text and an overview of the broad commentarial tradition it generated. These are followed by chapters that individually explore key areas of the text’s philosophical landscape, articulating both the sense of concepts such as ren, li, and xiao as well as their place in the wider space of the text. A final section addresses prominent interpretive challenges and scholarly disputes in reading the Analects, evaluating, for example, the alignment between the Analects and contemporary moral theory and the contested nature of its religious sensibility. Dao Companion to the Analects offers a comprehensive and complete survey of the text's philosophical idiom and themes, as well as its history and some of the liveliest current debates surrounding it. This book is an ideal resource for both researchers and advanced students interested in gaining greater insight into one of the earliest and most influential Confucian classics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction, Amy OlberdingPart I: Text and Context -- 2. History and Formation of the Analects, Tae Hyun Kim and Mark Csikszentmihalyi -- 3. The Commentarial Tradition, John B. Henderson and On-cho Ng -- 4. Confucius and His Community, Yuet Keung Lo -- Part II: The Conceptual Landscape -- 5. Ren 仁 : An Exemplary Life, Karyn Lai -- 6. Ritual and Rightness in the Analects, Hagop Sarkissian -- 7. Family Reverence (xiao 孝) in the Analects: Confucian Role Ethics and the Dynamics of Intergenerational Transmission, Roger T. Ames and Henry Rosemont, Jr -- 8. Language and Ethics in the Analects, Hui-chieh Loy -- 9. Uprightness, Indirection, Transparency, Lisa Raphals -- 10. Cultivating the Self in Concert with Others, David B. Wong -- 11. Perspectives on Moral Failure in the Analects, Amy Olberding -- Part III: Mapping the Landscape: Issues in Interpretation -- 12. The Analects and Moral Theory, Stephen C. Angle -- 13. Religious Thought and Practice in the Analects. Erin M. Cline -- 14. The Analects and Forms of Governance, BAI Tongdong -- Why Care? A Feminist Re-appropriation of Confucian Xiao 孝 Li-Hsiang, Lisa Rosenlee -- 16. Balancing Conservatism and Innovation: The Pragmatic Analects, Sor-hoon Tan -- Index -- Index Locorum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    ISBN: 9789400772991
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 319 p. 5 illus., 4 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Lifelong Learning Book Series 19
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Challenging the 'European area of lifelong learning'
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Adult education and state Europe ; Continuing education Europe
    Abstract: This book critically reflects on the context in which lifelong learning policies and practices are organized in Europe with contributions of researchers and policy makers in the field. Through a critical lens the book reinterprets the core content of the messages that are conveyed by the European Commission in the “Memorandum for Lifelong Learning”, the most important policy document in the area, which after a decade from its publication still remains the vehicle for all current developments in lifelong learning in Europe. With references to research findings, proposed actions, and applications to immediate practice that have an added value for Europeans -but which either do not appear to correspond directly to what is stipulated by the European Commission, or are completely ignored as part of the lifelong learning process- the book offers an analytic and systematic outlook of the main challenges in creating the ‘European Area of Lifelong Learning’. In times as decisive as the ones we are going through today (both in social and economic terms), a critical perspective of the practices and policies adopted by the EU Member States is essential. The book follows the same structure as the Memorandum in order to debate and critically approach in separate sections the core issues that Europe faces today in relation to the idea of making a ‘European area of Lifelong Learning’
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors1. Introduction; Maria Gravani and George K. Zarifis -- PART 1: Lifelong Learning and New Basic Skills for ll -- PART 2: Lifelong Learning and More Investment in Human Resources -- PART 3: Lifelong Learning, Innovative Teaching and Learning, and Rethinking Guidance and Counselling -- PART 4: Lifelong Learning and Valuing Learning -- PART 5: Lifelong Learning and Bringing Learning Closer to Home -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774353
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 202 p. 11 illus., 7 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Research and research education in music performance and pedagogy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Music ; Education ; Education ; Music ; Musikerziehung
    Abstract: This volume is an innovative collection that transcends national boundaries and provides new knowledge about approaches to research and research education in music. The collection brings together leading thinkers and practitioners in music research from Europe, Asia, North America and Australia. The book is designed to serve as a resource for university music departments and conservatoires, and offers insights into the development of research programs in this context.
    Abstract: This volume is an innovative collection that transcends national boundaries and provides new knowledge about approaches to research and research education in music. The collection brings together leading thinkers and practitioners in music research from Europe, Asia, North America and Australia. The book is designed to serve as a resource for university music departments and conservatoires, and offers insights into the development of research programs in this context
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Practitioners at the centre: Concepts, strategies, processes and products in contemporary music research2. Evolving an artistic research culture in music: An Analysis of an Australian study in an international context -- 3. (Re-) searching artists in artistic research: Creating fertile ground for experimentation at the Orpheus Institute, Ghent -- Encouraging and training conservatoire students at undergraduate and taught-postgraduate level towards fluency in the thought-processes and methods of artistic research -- 5. Research degrees in the Conservatoire context: Reconciling practice and theory -- 6. Research skills in practice: Learning and teaching practice-based research at RNCM -- 7 -- 8. The 'little r' in Artistic Research Training -- 9. Some challenges of practice based/centred enquiry -- 10. Addressing the politics of practice-based research and its potential contribution to higher music education -- 11. Creative arts research assessment and training in Hong Kong -- 12. Complicated conversations: Creating opportunities for transformative practice in higher education music performance research and pedagogy -- 13. No two are the same: A narrative account of supervising two students through a Doctor of Musical Arts program -- 14. Weaving together disparate threads: Future perspectives for research and research education.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769403
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 183 p. 10 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and learning in a community of thinking
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: This book explores a new pedagogical model called The Third Model, which places the encounter between the child and the curriculum at the center of educational theory and practice. The Third Model is implemented in an alternative classroom called Community of Thinking. Teaching and learning in a Community of Thinking is based on three "stations": the fertile question; research; and concluding performance. The essence of a Community of Thinking is the formation of a group of students and teachers who grapple with a troubling question to which they do not know the answer at the outset - and sometimes even at the end of their investigation. The Community of Thinking framework is supported by a whole school model - the Intel-Lect School. The model, or parts of it, is currently implemented in schools in Israel, England, Australia, and New Zealand. The book suggests a new pedagogical narrative based on alternative "atomic pictures" of learning, teaching, knowledge, mind and the aim of education, and a systematic pedagogical practice based on this narrative.
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; David PerkinsPreface -- Introduction -- Part One: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Context -- Part Two: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Theory -- Part Three: Teaching and Learning in a Community of Thinking: the Practice -- Appendix: An Inside Picture: Conversations with Teachers of Communities of Thinking -- References.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776579
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 85 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Politische Bildung ; Revolution
    Abstract: This book is an introduction to Karl Marx (1818-1883) as a radical educational thinker. Marx’s own schooling and education are examined and we see how his interest in educational issues was informed by his own experience. Educational themes in Marx’s thinking are identified: the role of education within capitalist society, the contribution of education to human development and the character of education in a future society. These are placed in a historical setting by the author and related to public debates over educational policy. Throughout his career, Marx identified education as key to the prospects of the working class. The story of this engagement adds a new dimension to the picture of his work as a philosopher, political economist and socialist revolutionary. The aspects of education that concerned Marx matched prominent features of his theoretical and political activity, and educational themes provided him with a critical application for many of his most important ideas. The author explores Marx’s work on the British factory school system, his use of evidence from the reports of school inspectors, and the contemporary movement that led to the establishment of modern systems of public schooling. The final chapter relates Marx’s thinking to questions about the place of education in today’s society, showing how relevant it is for the twenty-first century. These discussions contain new scholarship, draw on original sources and are written in a clear and readable style. Students in education courses at universities and colleges, educational researchers and teachers will find this examination of Karl Marx’s ideas concerning education both engaging and enlightening
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The Education of an Educator2. Marx's radical turn -- 3. Capitalism and Education.- 4. The politics of schooling -- 5. Lessons from Marx.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    ISBN: 9789400776098
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 201 p. 48 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Landscapes: the Arts, Aesthetics, and Education 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Young audiences, theatre and the cultural conversation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Performing arts ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Performing arts
    Abstract: This volume offers rare insights into the connection between young audiences and the performing arts. Based on studies of adolescent and post-adolescent audiences, ages 14 to 25, the book examines to what extent they are part of our society’s cultural conversation. It studies how these young people read and understand theatrical performance. It looks at what the educational components in their theatre literacy are, and what they make of the whole social event of theatre. It studies their views on the relationship between what they themselves decide and what others decide for them. The book uses qualitative and quantitative data collected in a six-year study carried out in the three largest Australian States, thirteen major performing arts companies, including the Sydney Opera House, three state theatre companies and three funding organisations. The book’s perspectives are derived from world-wide literature and company practices and its significance and ramifications are international. The book is written to be engaging and accessible to theatre professionals and lay readers interested in theatre, as well as scholars and researchers. “This extraordinary book thoroughly explains why young people (ages 14-25+) do and do not attend theatre into adulthood by delineating how three inter-linked factors (literacy, confidence, and etiquette) influence their decisions. Given that theatre happens inside spectators’ minds, the authors balance the theatre equation by focusing upon young spectators and thereby dispel numerous beliefs held by theatre artists and educators. Each clearly written chapter engages readers with astute insights and compelling examples of pertinent responses from young people, teachers, and theatre professionals. To stem the tide of decreasing theatre attendance, this highly useful book offers pragmatic strategies for artistic, educational, and marketing directors, as well as national theatre organizations and arts councils around the world. I have no doubt that its brilliantly conceived research, conducted across multiple contexts in Australia, will make a significant and original contribution to the profession of theatre on an international scale.” Jeanne Klein, University of Kansas, USA “Young Audiences, Theatre and the Cultural Conversation is a compelling and comprehensive study on attitudes and habits of youth theatre audiences by leading international scholars in the field. This benchmark study offers unique insights by and fo ...
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordAcknowledgments -- Part I TheatreSpace Project Partners and Case Studies -- Chapter 1: Introduction -- Chapter 2: The Project, its Partners and its Purposes -- Chapter 3: Access and the Practicalities of Attendance -- Chapter 4: The Context of the Performance Event -- Chapter 5: The Education Landscape -- Chapter 6: Young Audiences from the Educators' Perspective -- Chapter 7: The Industry Partners’ Perceptions -- Chapter 8: Engagement and Liveness -- Chapter 9: Building Theatre Confidence -- Chapter 10: Theatre Literacy -- Chapter 11: ‘It’s Real’ - Genre and Performance Style -- Chapter 12: Conclusion - a Continuum for Planning.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    ISBN: 9789401788229
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 261 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Emerging international dimensions in East Asian higher education
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Ostasien ; Ausbildung
    Abstract: In East Asia, higher education has relied heavily on private and marketized forces in its rapid development process. At the same time, state governments have introduced strong initiatives especially in upgrading the global positioning of their flagship universities through their pursuit of international competitiveness. Currently, these well-known characteristics of East Asian higher education are challenged by the necessity to formulate international dimensions for regional and global well-being, without a clear consensus as to a regional future vision. The changing roles of East Asian higher education in a new global environment have implications for academics and policy-makers who not only wish but also need to understand the most recent developments and future prospects of higher education from an East Asian point of view. In Emerging International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education, authors from a wide variety of cultural and academic backgrounds examine the changing context of East Asian higher education in the global, regional, and national dimensions The analysis and case study material in this volume are strengthened by the wealth of contributors diverse national and professional backgrounds. Most have practical experience in the formulation of higher education policy in two or more countries. The range of disciplinary perspectives that contributors brought to the book including sociology, political science, anthropology, economics, philosophy and history strengthen the multi-disciplinary approach, credibility, and uniqueness of the work.Each chapter considers the impact of the emergence of international dimensions in East Asian Higher Education through detailed consideration of trends and debates over higher education reforms at the regional, sub-regional, inter-regional and national levels. Issues such as student mobility, cross-border higher education programs, quality assurance, and demands from the market economy, among others, are examined.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Emergence of International Dimensions in East Asian Higher Education: Pursuing Regional and Global Development; Introduction; Changing Landscape of Higher Education in East Asia; The Regional Dimension in Asian Higher Education; Quality Assurance in the Regional Context; The Public Nature of Higher Education; Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Higher Education as a Public Good in a Marketized East Asian Environment; Introduction; The Setting; Globalization; Neoliberalism in Government; The Global Competition State; Higher Education in East Asia
    Description / Table of Contents: Competitive and CollaborativePublic Good and Public Goods in Higher Education; Public Goods in Economics; The Public Good; The Public Sphere; Comparative and Global Public Goods; Comparative Public Goods; Global Public Goods; Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Asian Research: The Role of Universities; Introduction; The Beginnings of Asian Higher Education; The Context; A Rich and Distinctive Intellectual Tradition; Colonialism Stunted the Development of Educational Development and Knowledge Production; Asian States Treasure Their Autonomy
    Description / Table of Contents: Asian States Place a High Priority on Economic and Social DevelopmentAsian States View Human Resources as the Foundation of Development; Asian States Vary in Their Development Priorities; Defense-Related Knowledge Production Is Not a Priority; The Scale of Asian Nations Varies; New Focus on Knowledge Creation; The Purpose of Science and Technology; A Distinctive Strategy or Strategies for Knowledge Creation; The Role of the Universities; Recent Efforts to Stimulate Creative Research in the Academy and Elsewhere; Asian Science and Technology Is Gaining International Prominence
    Description / Table of Contents: Obstacles to Academic Knowledge ProductionPractical Bias; Difficult to Change Academic Field Coverage of Academic Sector; Legalism; Difficulty in Building Relations Between Academia and the Private Sector; Shortage of Qualified Researchers; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: The Institutional Prospects of Cross-Border Higher Education for East Asian Regional Integration: An Analysis of the JICA Survey of Leading Universities in East Asia; Introduction; Contexts and Research Questions; East Asian Integration Prospects; East Asian Higher Education Integration; Research Questions; Prior Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Method and Data SourceDefinition and Selection Methods of ``Leading´´ Universities; Leading Universities That Responded; Overview of the Questionnaire; Findings; Types of Cross-Border Activities; Expected Outcomes of Overall Cross-Border Activities; Discussion and Reflections on the Findings; References; Chapter 5: The Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia; Introduction; Background: Southeast Asia and Higher Education; Definition: What Is the Harmonization of Higher Education?; Reasons: Why Is the Harmonization of Higher Education in Southeast Asia Essential?
    Description / Table of Contents: Actors: Who Can Lead the Drive for Southeast Asian Harmonization?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401780414
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 446 p. 24 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 304
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. The history of physics in Cuba
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; History ; Regional economics ; Spatial economics ; Physics ; Physics ; Science History ; Regional planning ; Regional economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kuba ; Physik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book brings together a broad spectrum of authors, both from inside and from outside Cuba, who describe the development of Cuba's scientific system from the colonial period to the present. It is a unique documentation of the self-organizing power of a local scientific community engaged in scientific research on an international level. The first part includes several contributions that reconstruct the different stages of the history of physics in Cuba, from its beginnings in the late colonial era to the present. The second part comprises testimonies of Cuban physicists, who offer lively insights from the perspective of the actors themselves. The third part presents a series of testimonies by foreign physicists, some of whom were directly involved in developing Cuban physics, in particular in the development of teaching and research activities in the early years of the Escuela de Física. The fourth part of the volume deals with some of the issues surrounding the publishing of scientific research in Cuba. Cuba’s recent history and current situation are very controversial issues. Little is known about the development and status of higher education and scientific research on the island. However, Cuba has one of the highest proportions in the world of people with a university degree or doctorate and is known for its highly developed medical system. This book focuses on a comprehensive overview of the history of the development of one specific scientific discipline: physics in Cuba. It traces the evolution of an advanced research system in a developing country and shows a striking capacity to link the development of modern research with the concrete needs of the country and its population. A little known aspect is the active participation of several “western” physicists and technicians during the 1960s, the role of summer schools, organized by French, Italian, and other western physicists, as well as the active collaboration with European universities
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; About the Contributors; Abbreviations; Introduction; Chapter 1: A Short Introduction to this Volume; Chapter 2: The Cuban "Exception": The Development of an Advanced Scientific System in an Underdeveloped Country; 2.1 Physics in a Difficult Environment; 2.1.1 Cuban Exceptionalism; 2.2 Contradictions and Developments of Cuban Economy, Culture and Science in Late Colonial Times; 2.2.1 Sugar and Tobacco in the Nineteenth Century; 2.2.2 The Role of Sugar in Making Cuba Dependent on the US for Its Modernization
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.3 Technological Developments During the Nineteenth Century2.2.4 Education and Intellectual Life in Cuba in the Nineteenth Century; 2.2.5 Academy of Science and Medicine; 2.2.6 Liberation Movements; 2.3 Cuba Between Independence, US-Interventions and Dictatorial Regimes in the First Half of the Twentieth Century; 2.3.1 The War of Liberation and Independence and the US Rule; 2.3.2 The Period of Enrique José Varona; 2.3.3 US-Exploitation of Cuban Sciences; 2.3.4 Between Republic, Autocratic Rule and Scientific Advancement; 2.3.5 The Intertwinement of Social, Intellectual and Political Growth
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.6 The Establishment of Batista's Regime and the Consolidation of the Revolutionary Movement2.3.7 Social Conditions, Cultural Ferments and Modernization in Science; 2.4 Revolution, Modernization and Political and Economic Changes Between 1960 and 1990; 2.4.1 A Revolution That Broke All Moulds; 2.4.2 In Search of New Allies; 2.4.3 The Sharp Turn of Cuba's Economy and Politics at the End of the 1960s; 2.4.4 The Crucial Leap in Education and Science; 2.5 Politico-economic Crisis and New Cooperations (1985-1999); 2.5.1 Toward the Breakdown of the USSR
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.2 The Deep Troubles of the 'Periodo Especial.' New Cooperations in a Changing World2.5.3 Cultural Vitality, Higher Education and Low-Funded Universities; 2.5.4 The Challenge of the Future in the Context of the World Crisis; References; Chapter 3: Cuba: A Short Critical Bibliographic Guide; Part I: Historical Surveys; Chapter 4: The Teaching of Physics in Cuba from Colonial Times to 1959; 4.1 General Introduction; 4.2 General Survey; 4.3 Experimental Physics vs. Scholasticism; 4.4 The Papel Periódico and the Patriotic Society for Modern Science
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The First Regular Courses in Physics in the Style of Félix Varela (1814-1841) 4.5.1 Félix Varela's Lecciones de Filosofía; 4.5.2 The Backwardness of the University: Arango's Reform Proposal; 4.5.3 Luz y Caballero and the Gabinete de Física del San Carlos; 4.5.4 In Search of Alternatives for the University Crisis; 4.6 The Secularized Colonial University Takes Over (1842-1898); 4.6.1 The 1840s and 1850s: The First Physics Laboratory at the University; 4.6.2 The 1863 Study Plan: The Creation of Secondary Education Institutes and of the Faculty of Sciences
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6.3 The Academic Restrictions of 1871-1878
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction1 A Short Introduction to this Volume; Angelo Baracca, Jürgen Renn, and Helge Wendt -- 2 The Cuban “Exception”: The Development of an Advanced Scientific System in an Underdeveloped Country; Angelo Baracca -- 3 Cuba: Short Critical Bibliographic Guide; Duccio Basosi -- Part I Historical Surveys -- 4 The Teaching of Physics in Cuba from Colonial Times to 1959; José Altshuler and Angelo Baracca -- 5 Mathematics and Physics in Cuba Before 1959: A Personal Recollection; José Altshuler -- 6 A Comprehensive Study of the Development of Physics in Cuba from 1959; Angelo Baracca, Víctor Luis Fajer Avila, and Carlos Rodríguez Castellanos -- 7 Accomplishments in Cuban Physics (up to 1995); Carlos R. Handy and Carlos Trallero-Giner -- 8 Physics at the University of Oriente; Luis M. Méndez Pérez and Carlos A. Cabal Mirabal -- 9 The Training of Physics Teachers in Cuba: A Historical Approach; Diego de Jesús Alamino Ortega -- 10 Can Universities Develop Advanced Technology and Solve Social Problems?; Isarelis Pérez Ones and Jorge Núñes Jover.-Part II Reflections from the Inside -- 11 The Rise and Development of Physics in Cuba: An Interview with Hugo Pérez Rojas in May 2009; Angelo Baracca -- 12 An Interview with Professor Melquíades de Dios Leyva, December 2008; Olimpia Arias de Fuentes -- 13 Experimental Semiconductor Physics: The Will to Contribute to the Country’s Economic Development; Elena Vigil Santos -- 14 Cuban Techno-physical Experiments in Space; José Altshuler, Ocatvio Calzadilla Amaya, Federico Falcon, Juan E. Fuentes, Jorge Lodos, and Elena Vigil Santos -- 15 Superconductivity in Cuba: Reaching the Frontline; Oscar Arés Muzio and Ernesto Altshuler -- 16 The Physics of Complex Systems in Cuba; Oscar Sotolongo-Costa -- 17 Magnetic Resonance Project 35-26-7: A Cuban Case of Engineering Physics and Biophysics; Carlos A. Cabal Mirabal -- 18 Nanotechnologies in Cuba: Popularization and Training; Carlos Rodríguez Castellanos -- 19 Physics Studies at the University of Havana; Osvaldo de Melo Pereira and María Sánchez Colina -- 20 Physics and Women: A Challenge Being Successfully Met in Cuba; Olimpia Arias de Fuentes -- Part III Reflections from the Outside -- 21 The Beginning of Semiconductor Research in Cuba; Theodore Veltfort -- 22 Andrea Levialdi in Memoriam; Dina Waisman -- 23 The Andrea Levialdi Fellowship; Roberto Fieschi -- 24 A Witness to French-Cuban Cooperation in Physics in the 1970s; Jacqueline Cernogora -- 25 My Collaboration with Cuban Physicists; Fabrizio Leccabue -- 26 Scientific Cooperation Between the German Academy of Sciences in Berlin (DAW) and Cuba in the 1960s and 1970s; Helge Wendt -- 27 A Beautiful Story; Federico García-Moliner -- 28 The Current State of Physics in Cuba: A Personal Perspective; Marcelo Alonso -- 29 Engaging Cuban Physicists Through the APS/CPS Partnership; Irving A. Lerch -- 30 A Perspective on Physics in Cuba; Carlos R. Handy -- 31 Cuban/US Research Interactions Since 1995; Maria C. Tamargo -- 32 Viva La Ciencia: Cuba’s Creative Scientists Aim to Make Knowledge Their Country’s Sugar Substitute;  Rosalind Reid and Brian Hayes -- Part IV Scientific Communication and Its Conditions -- 33 Physics in Cuba from the Perspective of Bibliometrics; Werner Marx and Manuel Cardona -- 34 Contemporary Cuban Physics Through Scientific Publications: An Insider’s View; Ernesto Altshuler.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788694
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 238 p. 36 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englisch ; Weltsprache ; Sprachkontakt ; Sprachvariante ; Englischunterricht
    Abstract: The English language has always existed alongside other languages. However, the last 200 years have shown a dramatic increase in the range, extent and context of contact between English and other languages. As a result of this contact, we find marked variations in Englishes around the world. Englishes in Multilingual Contexts: Language Variation and Education explores how these variations relate to issues in English language teaching and learning. The first part of this book includes chapters of importance in studying English language variation in the context of education. The second part builds on an understanding of variation and identifies pedagogical possibilities that respect language variation and yet empower English language learners in diverse contexts. Together, the chapters in this volume allow readers to develop a broad understanding around issues of language variation and to recognise pedagogical implications of this work in multilingual contexts. “This book provides a rich collation of material dealing with the implications of dialect variation for the teaching of the English language, as well as the use of genre-based teaching in the classroom. Many students and teachers who are keen to know about issues that arise with different varieties of English around the world will find the book exceptionally informative, and furthermore the practical advice for developing genre-based teaching will be valued by many trainee and practicing teachers.” David Deterding, University of Brunei, Darussalam, Brunei
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: IntroductionSection 1: Issues of Language Variation in Education. Chapter 2: Integrating Language Variation into TESOL: Challenges from English Globalization -- Chapter 3: Classroom Encounters with Caribbean Creole English: Language, Identities and Pedagogy -- Chapter 4: Global Identities or Local Stigma Markers: How Equal is the 'E' in Englishes in Cameroon? -- Chapter 5: Accent and Ethics: Issues that Merit Attention -- Chapter 6: Forensic Linguistics and Pedagogical Implications in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 7: Teaching the Expanding Universe of Englishes -- Section 2: Pedagogical applications. Chapter 8: Dynamic Approach to Language Proficiency -- Chapter 9: Modelling and Mentoring: The Yin and Yang of Teaching and Learning from Home Through School -- Chapter 10: Supporting Students in the Move from Spoken to Written Language -- Chapter 11: Applying Systemic Functional Linguistics to Build Educators’ Knowledge of Academic English for the Teaching of Writing -- Chapter 12: "Welcome to the Real World” or English Reloaded: A European Perspective -- Chapter 13: Preparing Linguistically Responsive Teachers in Multilingual Contexts -- Chapter 14: From Model to Practice: Language Variation in Education.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788106
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 223 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 37
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Global perspectives on subsidiarity
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Public law ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Public law ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Subsidiaritätsprinzip ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtsvergleich
    Abstract: Global Perspectives on Subsidiarity is the first book of its kind exclusively devoted to the principle of subsidiarity. It sheds new light on the principle and explores and develops the many applications of the principle of subsidiarity. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the principle in all its facets, from its philosophical origins in the writings of Aristotle and Aquinas, to its development in Catholic social doctrine, and its emergence as a key principle in European Union Law. This book explores the relationship between subsidiarity and concepts such as sphere sovereignty and social pluralism. It analyses subsidiarity in light of globalisation, federalism, democracy, individual rights and welfare, and discusses subsidiarity and the Australian, Brazilian and German Constitutions.
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographical Details1. The Global Relevance of Subsidiarity: An Overview; Michelle Evans and Augusto Zimmermann -- 2. Subsidiarity in the Writings of Aristotle and Aquinas; Nicholas Aroney -- 3. Subsidiarity in Catholic Social Theory; Patrick McKinley Brennan -- 4. The Relationship Between Subsidiarity and Sphere Sovereignty; Lael Daniel Weinberger -- 5. Subsidiarity and Social Pluralism; Jonathan Chaplin.- 6. Subsidiarity, Democracy and Individual Rights in Brazil; Augusto Zimmermann.- 7. Can Subsidiarity Reform the Modern Welfare State?; The Rev Robert A Sirico.- 8. Subsidiarity and the German Constitution; Jürgen Bröhmer.- 9. Subsidiarity as Judicial and Legislative Review Principles in the European Union; Gabriël A Moens and John Trone.- 10. Subsidiarity and Federalism: A Case Study of the Australian Constitution and its Interpretation; Michelle Evans.- 11. Subsidiarity and the Global Order; Andreas Follesdal.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    ISBN: 9789401789721
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 722 p. 8 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Religion and education ; Education ; Education ; Religion and education
    Abstract: The International Handbook on Learning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools is international in scope. It is addressed to policy makers, academics, education professionals and members of the wider community. The book is divided into three sections. (1) The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context, which aims to: Identify the educational, historical, social and cultural bases and contexts for the development of learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools across a range of international settings; Consider the current trends, issues and controversies facing the provision and nature of education in faith-based schools; Examine the challenges faced by faith-based schools and their role and responses to current debates concerning science and religion in society and its institutions. (2) The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools, which aims to: Identify and explore the distinctive philosophies, characteristics and guiding principles, values, concepts and concerns underpinning learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Identify and explore ways in which such distinctive philosophies of education challenge and expand different norms and conventions in their surrounding societies and cultures; Examine and explore some of the ways in which different conceptions within and among different religious and faith traditions guide practices in learning, teaching and leadership in various ways. (3) Current Practice and Future Possibilities, which aims to: Provide evidence of current educational practices that might help to inform and shape innovative and successful policies, initiatives and strategies for the development of quality learning, teaching and leadership in faith-based schools; Examine the ways in which the professional learning of teachers and educational leaders in faith-based settings might be articulated and developed; Consider the ways in which coherence and alignment might be achieved between key national priorities in education and the identity, beliefs, and the commitments of faith-based schools; Examine what international experience shows about the place of faith-based schools in culturally rich and diverse communities and the implications of faith-based schooling for societies of the future
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Contributor Biographies; Editors; Authors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; Introduction; Aims of the Publication; Approach; Lines of Enquiry; Part I - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling; Part II - Conceptions: Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-Based Schools; Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities; Concluding Comment; References; Part I: Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-Based Schooling
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Impact of Faith-Based Schools on Lives and on Society: Policy ImplicationsIntroduction; The Cardus Study; Development of Catholic Schooling in the United States; Development of Separate Protestant Schooling in the United States; The Challenge of Islamic Schools; Policy Implications; References; Chapter 3: Values and Values Education: Challenges for Faith Schools; Introduction; Faith Schools, Values and Parental Choice; The Concept of Values; Values in Faith Schools; The Debate About Values Education; The Challenge of Values Education in Faith Schools; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 4: Church of England Schools: Into the Third Century; Introduction; Joshua Watson: The Founding Intentions of the National Society; Free Church Schools; The Beginning of State Education 1870: Board Schools and Voluntary Schools; 1944: Establishing the Dual System; The Dearing Report; The Church School of the Future Review; Into the Future; Chapter 5: Jewish Schools and Britain: Emerging from the Past, Investing in the Future; Introduction; Historical Context; The Picture Today; Jewish Schooling and the State; Current Issues and Challenges; Pluralism; Curriculum
    Description / Table of Contents: Capacity Government Agenda; Curriculum; Admissions Policies; Inspection; Shifting Purposes; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Faith Related Schools in the United States: The Current Reality; Introduction; Historical Perspectives; Overview; Students; Public School Students; Faith Related School Students; The Catholic School Example; Diversity in Faith Related Schools; Staffing; Principals; Presidents and Other Leadership; Teachers; Sustainability; Expenditures; The Budget Gap and Innovative Funding; Curriculum and Effectiveness; Curriculum and Standards
    Description / Table of Contents: Teacher Training and Qualifications Academic Outcomes; Non-Academic Outcomes; Facing the Future; Appendix I; References; Chapter 7: Faith-Schools and the Religious Other: The Case of Muslim Schools; Introduction; Muslim Faith Schools; The Research Project; Muslims and Religious Diversity; Findings and Discussion; Teachers' Conception of Religious Diversity; Classroom Engagement; Co-curricular Activities; Educational Materials; Conclusions, Future Research and Policy Implications; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Identity, Belief and Cultural Sustainability: A Case- Study of the Experiences of Jewish and Muslim Schools in the UK
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction and OverviewLearning, Teaching and Leading in Faith-Based Schools: Michael Reiss, Yusef Waghid, Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- Part 1 - The Educational, Historical, Social and Cultural Context of Faith-based Schooling: Section editor: Michael Reiss -- 1 The impact of faith-based schools on lives and on society: Policy implications: Charles Glenn -- 2 Values and values education: Challenges for faith schools: J. Mark Halstead -- 3 Church of England schools: Into the third century: Janina Ainsworth -- 4 Jewish schools and Britain: Emerging from the past, investing in the future: Helena Miller -- 5 Faith related schools in the United States: The current reality: Joseph O’Keefe and Michael O’Connor -- 6 Faith schools and religious diversity: The case of Muslim Schools: Farid Panjwani -- 7 Belief and cultural sustainability: The experiences of Jewish and Muslim schools in the UK: Marie Parker-Jenkins -- 8 Faith-based schools and the creationism controversy: The importance of the meta-narrative: Sylvia Baker -- 9 On the idea of non-confessional faith-based education: Michael Hand -- 10 Faith schools in England- the humanist critique: Andrew Copson -- 11 Shepherding and strength: Teaching evolution in American Christian schools: Lee Meadows -- 12 Challenges faced by faith-based schools with special reference to the interplay between science and religion: Michael Poole -- 13 Sex education and science education in faith- based schools: Michael Reiss -- Part II - Conceptions: The Nature, Aims and Values of Education in Faith-based Schools: Section editor: Yusef Waghid -- 14 Faith-based education and the notion of autonomy, common humanity and authenticity: In defense of a pedagogy of disruption: Yusef Waghid -- 15 The hermeneutical competence: How to deal with faith issues in a pluralistic religious context: Gé Speelman -- 16 A faith-based ideological school system in Israel: Between particularism and modernity: Zehavit Gross -- 17 Religious values and/or human rights values? Curriculum making for an ethic of truths: Petro du Preez -- 18 Capturing green curriculum spaces in the maktab: Implications for environmental teaching and learning: Najma Mohamed -- 19 Towards a logic of dignity: Educating against gender-based violence: Juliana Claasens -- 20 Islamisation and Muslim independent schools in South Africa: Suleman Dangor -- 21 The nature, aims and values of Seventh-day Adventist Christian education: Philip Plaatjies -- 22 The Gülen philosophy of education and its application in a South African school: Yasien Mohamed -- 23 A teacher’s perspective on teaching and learning at a faith-based Muslim school in Cape Town: Omar Esau -- 24 Muslim women and cosmopolitanism: Reconciling the fragments of identity, participation and belonging: Nuraan Davids -- 25 Women, identity and religious education: a path to autonomy, or dependence? Nuraan Davids -- Part III - Current Practices and Future Possibilities: Section editors: Sue McNamara and Judith Chapman -- 26 The shaping of Ireland’s faith-based school system and the contemporary challenge to it: John Coolahan -- 27 Religious education in a time of globalization and pluralism: The example of the United States: Walter Feinberg -- 28 Classroom practice in a faith-based school: A tale of two levels: Paul Black -- 29 Faith- based schools in Japan: Paradoxes and pointers: Stuart Picken -- 30 Curriculum, leadership and religion in Singapore schools: How a secular government engineers social harmony and the ‘state interest’: Clive Dimmock, Hairon Salleh and Cheng Yong Tan -- 31 Critical fidelity and Catholic school leadership: John Sullivan -- 32 So who has the values? Challenges for faith-based schools in an era of values pedagogy: Terry Lovat and Neville Clement -- 33 Use of Islamic, Islamicised and National Curriculum in a Muslim faith school in England: Findings from an ethnographic study: Sadaf Rizvi -- 34 A mobile school- bringing education to migrant children in Goa, India: Marion de Souza -- 35 Religious Education in Japanese “Mission Schools”: A case study of Sacred Heart schools in Japan: Nozomi Miura -- 36 A systems approach to enhancing capacity of teachers and leaders in Catholic school communities to link learning, student wellbeing, values and social justice: Helen Butler, Bernadette Summers and Mary Tobin -- 37 Schools and families in partnership for learning in faith-based schools: Annie Mitchell, Judith Chapman, Sue McNamara and Marj Horne -- 38 Learning for leadership: An evidence based approach for leadership learning in faith- based schools: Michael Buchanan and Judith Chapman -- 39 Leading Australian Catholic schools: Lessons from the edge: Michael Gaffney -- 40 Faith-based non-government organizations and education in ‘post-new war societies’: Background, directions and challenges in leadership, teaching and learning: Tom O’Donoghue and Simon Clarke.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 402 p. 53 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Mathematics & mathematics education: searching for common ground
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Mathematikunterricht
    Abstract: This book is the fruit of a symposium in honor of Ted Eisenberg concerning the growing divide between the mathematics community and the mathematics education community, a divide that is clearly unhealthy for both. The work confronts this disturbing gap by considering the nature of the relationship between mathematics education and mathematics, and by examining areas of commonality as well as disagreement. It seeks to provide insight into the mutual benefit both stand to gain by building bridges based on the natural bonds between them.
    Abstract: This book is the fruit of a symposium in honor of Ted Eisenberg concerning the growing divide between the mathematics community and the mathematics education community, a divide that is clearly unhealthy for both. The work confronts this disturbing gap by considering the nature of the relationship between mathematics education and mathematics, and by examining areas of commonality as well as disagreement. It seeks to provide insight into the mutual benefit both stand to gain by building bridges based on the natural bonds between them.
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematics & Mathematics Education: Searching for Common Ground; Preface and Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Chapter 1: Mathematics & Mathematics Education: Searching for Common Ground; Prologue; Distinctions and Connections; Divisions; Distinctions Once Again and the Possibility of Cooperation; The Structure of This Book; Mutual Expectations Between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators; History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics; Problem-Solving: A Problem for Both Mathematics and Mathematics Education
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematical Literacy: What Is It and How Is It Determined?Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Justification and Proof in Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Policy: What Should We Do, and Who Decides?; Collaboration Between Mathematics and Mathematics Education; One Final Word; References; Dialogue on a Dialogue; Chapter 2: Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Beginning a Dialogue in an Atmosphere of Increasing Estrangement; My Dialogue with Ted; Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Difference and Confluence; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Some of My Pet-Peeves with Mathematics EducationWhere Is the ""Math"" in ""Mathematics Education"" These Days?; Defining Mathematics Education; Atmospheres of Learning; Some Comments on Teaching; Concept Images; On the Education of Mathematics Teachers and Educators for Higher Degrees; Glimpsing the Future; References; Chapter 4: Mathematics at the Center of Distinct Fields: A Response to Michael and Ted; What Are We Talking About?; A Deeper Look at Some of the Issues; The Case of Sweden; Rigorous Research Methods; Training Versus Education; Experiences with Submissions to ESM
    Description / Table of Contents: Values and AestheticsWhat Mathematicians and Mathematics Education Researchers Can Contribute to Each Other's Fields; References; Mutual Expectations Between Mathematics and Mathematics Education; Chapter 5: Mutual Expectations Between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators; Introduction; Expectations of a Mathematician; What I See as a Teacher; My Expectations from Those Involved in Math Education; Expectations According to a Mathematics Educator from a Mathematics Department; Expectations According to a Mathematics Educator; Concluding Comments; Expectations by Mathematicians
    Description / Table of Contents: Expectations by Mathematics EducatorsClosing Remark; References; History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics; Chapter 6: History in Mathematics Education. A Hermeneutic Approach; Preliminary Remark; Johann Bernoulli's Textbook on the Differential Calculus; Students Read Bernoulli's Text; The Hermeneutic Approach; Discussion; References; Chapter 7: Reflections on History of Mathematics; Introduction; History Within Math and Science Teaching: A Historical Issue
    Description / Table of Contents: Mathematicians, Historians of Mathematics, Mathematics Teachers, and Mathematics Education Researchers: The Tense but Ineluctable Relations of Four Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface and AcknowledgementsIntroduction -- Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Searching for common ground: Michael N. Fried -- Chapter 1.  A Dialogue on a Dialogue -- Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Beginning a Dialogue in an Atmosphere of Increasing Estrangement: Michael N. Fried -- Some of my pet-peeves with mathematics education: Ted Eisenberg -- Mathematics at the Center of Distinct Fields: A Response to michael and Ted: Norma Presmeg -- Chapter 2.  Mutual Expectations -- Mutual Expectations between Mathematicians and Mathematics Educators : Tommy Dreyfus.-With contributions by:Uri Onn, Joanna Mamona-Downs, Stephen Lerman -- Chapter 3.  History of Mathematics, Mathematics Education, and Mathematics -- History in mathematics education. A hermeneutic approach: Hans Niels Jahnke -- Reflections on History of Mathematics: History of Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Luis Radford -- With contributions by:Alain Bernard, Michael N. Fried , Fulvia Furinghetti, Nathalie Sinclair -- Chapter 4.  Problem-Solving: A Problem for Both Mathematics and Mathematics Education -- Reflections on Problem-Solving: Problem solving in mathematics and in mathematics education: Boris Koichu -- With contributions by: Gerald A. Goldin, A. Israel Weinzweig, Shlomo Vinner, Roza Leikin -- Chapter 5.  Mathematical Literacy: What Is It and How is It Determined?.-“Mathematical Literacy”: An Inadequate Metaphor: E. Paul Goldenberg -- Reflections on Mathematical literacy : What’s new, why should we care, and what can we do about it? : Anna Sfard -- With contributions by:Abraham Arcavi, Ron Livné, Iddo Gal, Anna Sfard, Hannah Perl -- Chapter 6.  Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Visualization in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: A Historical Overview : M. A. (Ken) Clements -- Visualization in mathematics and mathematics education: Elena Nardi (University of East Anglia) -- With contributions by: Rina Hershkowitz, Raz Kupferman , Norma Presmeg, Michal Yerushalmy -- Chapter 7.  Justification and Proof -- Making Sense of Mathematical Reasoning and Proof: David Tall -- Reflections on Justification and Proof: Justification and Proof in Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Keith Weber -- With contributions by: Gila Hanna, Guershon Harel, Ivy Kidron, Annie Selden and John Selden -- Chapter 8.  Policy: What Should We Do, and Who Decides? -- Mathematics and mathematics education policy: Mogens Niss -- Reflections on Policy: Mathematics and Mathematics Education Policy-Searching for Common Ground : Nitsa Movshovitz-Hadar -- With contributions by:Jonas Emanuelsson, Davida Fischman, Azriel Levy, Zalman Usiskin -- Chapter 9.  Collaboration -- Mathematics and Education: Collaboration in Practice: Hyman Bass -- Deborah Loewenberg Ball -- Reflections on Collaboration between Mathematics and Mathematics Education: Patrick W. Thompson -- With contributions by: Michéle Artigue, Günter Törner, Ehud de Shalit -- Postscript -- We Must Cultivate Our Common Ground: Jeremy Kilpatrick -- Appendix 1.  Ted Eisenberg, Teacher, Colleague, and Friend -- Ted as advisor and colleague: Tommy Dreyfus -- Thank you, Ted!: Francis Lowenthal -- Annotated bibliography of Ted Eisenberg’s Major Publications: Tommy Dreyfus -- Appendix 2.  Reprints of the Dialogues between Presmeg, Eisenberg, and Fried from ZDM 41(1-2).-Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769434
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 340 p. 95 illus., 69 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: From energy and water resources to natural disasters, and from changing climatic patterns to the evolution of the Earth’s deep interior, geoscience research affects people’s lives in many ways and on many levels. This book offers a stimulating cross-disciplinary perspective on the important relationship between geoscience research and outreach activities for schools and for the general public. The contributors - academics, research scientists, science educators and outreach program educators - describe and evaluate outreach programs from around the world. A section entitled Field-based Approaches includes a chapter describing an initiative to engage Alaskan communities and students in research, and another on problem-based learning in the field setting. The Online Approaches section discusses ways to connect students and scientists using online forums; use of the web and social media, including the United Nations University and its experience with the design of a web magazine featuring geoscience research; and video clips on marine geoscience created by students and scientists. The section on Workshop and Laboratory-based Approaches includes a chapter on teaching geochronology to high school students, and another describing an extracurricular school activity program on meteorology. The Program Design section presents chapters on Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, on ways to bridge research with science education at the high school level, and on use of online geoscience data from the Great Lakes. The concluding section, Promoting Research-enhanced Outreach, offers chapters on Geoscience Outreach Education with the local community by a leading research-intensive university, and on the use of research to promote action in Earth science professional development for schoolteachers.Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement will benefit geoscience researchers who wish to promote their work beyond academia. It offers guidance to those seeking research funding from agencies, which increasingly request detailed plans for outreach activities in research proposals. Policymakers, educators and scientists working in museums, learned societies and public organizations who wish to widen participation will also find this book useful. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction: The Context; Geoscience and Educational Research in Outreach Activities; Perceptions of Time Matter: The Importance of Geoscience Outreach; Part II: Field-Based Approaches; Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research; 1 Introduction; 2 Motivation and Rationale of the Project; 2.1 Scientific Viewpoint; 3 Implementation and Timeline; 3.1 Approach; 3.2 Classroom Activities and Lessons; 3.3 Video as Instruction Activity: TunnelMan Series; 3.3.1 TunnelMan Episode 1: Ice on Permafrost
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2 TunnelMan Episode 2: Hop-Pop TunnelMan3.3.3 TunnelMan Episode 3: Active Layer Monitoring; 3.3.4 TunnelMan Episode 4: Geomorphology; 3.3.5 TunnelMan Episode 5: Permafrost and Climate Chronology; 3.4 Manga: TunnelMan Cartoon; 3.5 Active Layer Monitoring; 4 Some Outcomes of This Project; 4.1 Permafrost Failure Impacts Rural Communities; 4.2 Ice Cellar (Sigluaqs); 5 Evaluation; 6 Summary; Overview; Background and Motivation; Innovations and Findings; Implications for Wider Practice; References; The Salish Sea Expedition: Science Outreach from the Gangplank; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Salish Sea Expedition, British Columbia, Canada3 Planning for the Salish Sea Expedition; 4 Salish Sea GeoTour Guidebook and Map; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Problem-Based Learning in the Field Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Conventional Approaches in Field Instruction; 2.1 Field Setting as an Outdoor Classroom; 2.2 Show-and-Tell Excursion; 2.3 Field Worksheets; 2.4 Guided Field Investigation; 3 PBL in the Field Setting; 3.1 What Is PBL?; 3.2 The QEF Project: PBL in the Field Environment; 4 Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Participants4.2 Instructional Design of the Project; 4.2.1 Phase One: Teacher Development Programmes; Instructional Design of the Programmes; The PBL Process; 4.2.2 Phase Two: Student Development Programmes; 4.3 Measures; 5 Impacts of the Project; 5.1 Teachers' Competence in Conducting Field PBL; 5.2 Student Learning; 6 What Makes PBL an Effective Field Instruction?; 6.1 PBL Emphasises Intentional Learning as a Goal of Instruction; 6.2 PBL Situates Learners in Highly Scaffolded Inquiry Learning; 6.3 PBL Takes Cognition, Metacognition, and Epistemic Cognition All into Account
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 PBL Emphasises on Students' Autonomy and Self-Directed Learning6.5 PBL Is Highly Structured to Enhance Both Individual and Collective Knowledge; 6.6 PBL Shifts Teachers' Roles as Facilitators and Cognitive and Metacognitive Coaches; 7 Considerations in Adopting PBL in the Field; 7.1 The Essence of Developing Teachers a PBL Frame of Mind; 7.2 Effective Teacher Professional Development as the Key to Successful Field PBL; 7.3 Empowering Students to Share the Facilitator's Role; 7.4 Prior Preparation and Follow-Up Work with the Students; 8 Conclusion; Overview; Background and Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Innovations and Findings
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- Geoscience and educational research in outreach activities, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Perceptions of time matter: the importance of geoscience outreach, Samuel A. Bowring -- PART II: LINKING GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 2. Field-based approaches -- Engaging Alaska Communities and Students in Cryospheric Research, Kenji Yoshikawa and Elena B. Sparrow -- The Salish Sea Expedition: Walking the Gangplank of Science Outreach, K. Westnedge and A. Dallimore -- Problem-based learning in the field setting, Lung Sang Chan and Loretta M. W. Ho -- 3. Online approaches -- From Local to Extreme Environments (FLEXE): Connecting students and scientists in online forums, William S. Carlsen, Liz Goehring and Steven C. Kerlin -- Communicating scientific research through the web and social media: Experience of the United Nations University with the Our World 2.0 web magazine, Brendan F.D. Barrett, Mark Notaras and Carol Smith -- Marine geosciences from a different perspective: "edutainment" video clips by pupils and scientists, J. Dengg, S. Soria-Dengg and S. Tiemann -- Small, subject-oriented educational resource gateways: what are their roles in geoscience education? -- Matteo Cattadori, Cristiana Bianchi, Maddalena Macario and Luca Masiello -- 4. Workshop and laboratory-based approaches, The European experience of educational seismology, A. Zollo, A. Bobbio, J.L. Berenguer, F. Courboulex, P. Denton, G. Festa, A. Sauron, S. Solarino, F. Haslinger and D. Giardini --  EARTHTIME: Teaching geochronology to high school students in the US, Britta Bookhagen, Noah McLean, Robert Buchwaldt, Matthew Rioux, Francis Dudás and Samuel Bowring -- Little meteorological workshop - an extracurricular school activity for pupils, Kornelija Špoler Čanić and Dubravka Rasol -- Grasping deep time with scaled space in personal environs, Bo Holm Jacobsen -- PART III: ENHANCING THE LINK BETWEEN GEOSCIENCE RESEARCH AND OUTREACH -- 5. Programme design --  Integrating Geoscience Research in Primary and Secondary Education, Elena B. Sparrow, Leslie S. Gordon, Martha R. Kopplin, Rebecca Boger, Sheila Yule, Kim Morris, Krisanadej Jaroensutasinee, Mullica Jaroensutasinee and Kenji Yoshikawa -- Bridging scientific research and science education in high schools through authentic and simulated science experiences, Lucette Barber -- Using guided inquiry tools with online geosciences data from the Great Lakes, Sandra Rutherford -- 6. Promoting research-enhanced outreach -- Communicating Climate Science from a Data-Centered Perspective, Matt Rogers -- Geoscience Outreach Education with the Local Community, Jennifer Saltzman -- Using research to promote action in Earth science professional development for teachers, Chris King.                               .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    ISBN: 9789400769731
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 331 p. 46 illus., 18 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 34
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Theories of information, communication and knowledge
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Science Philosophy ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen ; Informations- und Dokumentationswissenschaft ; Online-Ressource ; Information ; Kommunikation ; Wissen
    Abstract: This book addresses some of the key questions that scientists have been asking themselves for centuries: what is knowledge? What is information? How do we know that we know something? How do we construct meaning from the perceptions of things? Although no consensus exists on a common definition of the concepts of information and communication, few can reject the hypothesis that information - whether perceived as « object » or as « process » - is a pre-condition for knowledge. Epistemology is the study of how we know things (anglophone meaning) or the study of how scientific knowledge is arrived at and validated (francophone conception). To adopt an epistemological stance is to commit oneself to render an account of what constitutes knowledge or in procedural terms, to render an account of when one can claim to know something. An epistemological theory imposes constraints on the interpretation of human cognitive interaction with the world. It goes without saying that different epistemological theories will have more or less restrictive criteria to distinguish what constitutes knowledge from what is not. If information is a pre-condition for knowledge acquisition, giving an account of how knowledge is acquired should impact our comprehension of information and communication as concepts. While a lot has been written on the definition of these concepts, less research has attempted to establish explicit links between differing theoretical conceptions of these concepts and the underlying epistemological stances. This is what this volume attempts to do. It offers a multidisciplinary exploration of information and communication as perceived in different disciplines and how those perceptions affect theories of knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Fidelia Ibekwe-SanJuan and Thomas DousaChapter 1: Cybersemiotics: A new foundation for transdisciplinary theory of information, cognition, meaning, communication and consciousness; Søren Brier -- Chapter 2: Epistemology and the Study of Social Information within the Perspective of a Unified Theory of Information;Wolfgang Hofkirchner.- Chapter 3: Perception and Testimony as Data Providers; Luciano Floridi -- Chapter 4: Human communication from the semiotic perspective; Winfried Nöth --   Chapter 5: Mind the gap: transitions between concepts of information in varied domains; Lyn Robinson and David Bawden -- Chapter 6:  Information and the disciplines: A conceptual meta-analysis; Jonathan Furner -- Chapter 7: Epistemological Challenges for Information Science; Ian Cornelius -- Chapter 8: The nature of information science and its core concepts; Birger Hjørland -- Chapter 9: Sylvie Leleu-Merviel. Coalescence in the informational process. Application to visual sense-making. Chapter 10: Understanding users’ informational constructs through the affordances of cinematographic images; Michel Labour -- Chapter 11: Documentary Languages and the Demarcation of Information Units in Textual Information: A Case Study; Thomas Dousa -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772908
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 201 p. 7 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Modeling school leadership across Europe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Schulleitung ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book deals with effective school leadership and its essential role in improving the efficiency and equity of schooling. It provides school leaders with instruments and processes to examine the big picture of leadership as the key intermediary between the classroom, the individual school and its community, and the educational system as a whole. By doing so, it increases school leaders’ level of awareness with regards to systemic leadership. Furthermore, the book shows how organizational arrangements for schools have changed significantly over time and how school leaders have become involved in matters within and beyond their school’s borders. The book’s comparison of countries makes clear that, while school context and system-level differences have varying implications for the exercise of school leadership across countries, a number of global trends have impacted on schools across many countries around the world. In line with these changes, the roles and responsibilities of school leaders have expanded and intensified. Moreover, through the examination of school leaders’ epistemological beliefs, the book investigates the relationship between these beliefs and the exercise of school leadership
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceAbout the Editor -- About the Contributors -- 1. The Origins of Two Research Projects: LISA and Pro-LEAD -- 2. The Conceptualization and Development of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework -- 3. Methodological Approach for the LISA and Pro-LEAD Projects -- 4. The Leadership Styles of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework across Europe -- 5. Leadership Styles and School Climate Variables of the Pashiardis-Brauckmann Holistic Leadership Framework: An Intimate Relationship -- 6. An Italian Perspective -- 7. An English Perspective -- 8. Exploring A New Cocktail Mix in Cyprus: School Principals’ Epistemological Beliefs and Leadership Styles -- 9. In Search of the Right Leadership Cocktail Mix: Being Locally Responsive to Global Issues -- APPENDIX 1: School Leadership Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 2 : School Climate Variables Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 3: Epistemological Beliefs Questionnaire -- APPENDIX 4: Think Aloud Scenario.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9781402068171
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 211 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. In pursuit of nanoethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Law ; Economics ; Social sciences ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnology ; Moral and ethical aspects ; Nanotechnology ; Social aspects
    Abstract: This volume assembles an interdisciplinary team of leading academics, industry figures, policymakers and NGO’s to consider the legal, ethical and social issues that are raised by innovations in nanoscience and nanotechnology. By bringing together international experts from a diverse range of fields this volume addresses the implications and impact that nanotechnology has on society. Through the exploration of six key themes the contributors analyse both the impact of nanotechnology and the emergence of the concept of nanoethics. Each section includes authors from both sides of the political and scientific divide - incorporating both positive and negative perspectives on nanotechnology, as well as including discussions of associated concepts such as converging technologies. The result provides for the widest and most balanced discussion of these issues to date
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    ISBN: 9789400771673
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 231 p. 8 illus., 6 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: This volume offers an alternative vision for education and has been written for those who are passionate about teaching and learning, in schools, universities and in the community, and providing people with the values, knowledge and skills needed to face complex social and environmental challenges. Working across boundaries the socio-ecological educator is a visionary who strives to build community connections and strengthen relationships with the natural world. The ideas and real-world case studies presented in this book will bring that vision a step closer to reality.
    Abstract: This volume offers an alternative vision for education and has been written for those who are passionate about teaching and learning, in schools, universities and in the community, and providing people with the values, knowledge and skills needed to face complex social and environmental challenges. Working across boundaries the socio-ecological educator is a visionary who strives to build community connections and strengthen relationships with the natural world. The ideas and real-world case studies presented in this book will bring that vision a step closer to reality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Starting with stories: The power of socio-ecological narrative.-2. Social ecology as education.-3. Becoming a socio-ecological educator4. The ambitions, processes and politics of socio-ecological curriculum reform: An Aotearoa-New Zealand case study -- 5. Through coaching: Examining sports coaching using a socio-ecological framework.- 6. Through community: Connecting classrooms to community.-7. Through belonging: An early childhood perspective from a New Zealand preschool.-8. Through adventure education: Using the socio-ecological model in adventure education to solve environmental problems.-9. Through school: Ecologising schooling - a tale of two educators.-10. Outdoor education on Scotland’s River Spey: A sense of place.-11. Through Physical Education: What teachers know and understand about children’s movement experiences.-12. Conclusions and future directions: A socio-ecological renewal.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769991
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 189 p. 30 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 35
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Niazi, Kaveh Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī and the configuration of the heavens
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Philosophy, modern ; Science Philosophy ; Quelle ; Astronomie ; Vergleichende Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: As a leading scientist of the 13th century C. E. Quṭb al-Dīn Shīrāzī wrote three substantial works on hay’a (or the configuration of the celestial orbs): Nihāyat al-idrāk fī dirāyat al-aflāk (“The Limits of Attainment in the Understanding of the Heavens”), al-Tuḥfa al-shāhīya fī ‘ilm al-hay’a (“The Royal Offering Regarding the Knowledge of the Configuration of the Heavens”), and Ikhtīyārāt-i Muẓaffarī (“The Muẓaffarī Elections”). Completed in less than four years and written in two of the classical languages of the Islamic world, Arabic and Persian, these works provide a fascinating window to the astronomical research carried out in Ilkhanid Persia. Shīrāzī and his colleagues were driven by their desire to rid Ptolemaic astronomy from its perceived shortcomings. An intriguing trail of revisions and emendations in Shīrāzī’s hay’a texts serves to highlight both those features of Shīrāzī's astronomy that were inherited from his predecessors, as well as his original contributions to this branch of astronomical research. As a renowned savant, Shīrāzī spent a large portion of his career near centers of political power in Persia and Anatolia. A study of his scientific output and career as a scholar is an opportunity, therefore, for an examination of the patronage of science and of scientific works within the Ilkhanid realms. Not only was this patronage important to the work of scholars such as Shīrāzī but it was critical to the founding and operation of one of the foremost scientific institutions of the medieval Islamic world, the Marāgha observatory. The astronomical tradition in which Shīrāzī carried out his research has many links, as well, to the astronomy of Early Modern Europe, as can be seen in the astronomical models of Copernicus
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementNote on Transliteration -- Chapter 1. Purpose and Background of Study -- Chapter 2. The Mongols in Iran -- Chapter 3. Shīrazī's Life -- Chapter 4. The Principal Astronomical Sources -- Chapter 5. Persian vs. Arabic: Language as a Determinant of Content -- Chapter 6. Conclusion -- Figures- Bibliography -- Appendix A -- Appendix B -- Appendix C -- Appendix D -- Appendix E -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769229
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 237 p. 39 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Kind ; Sozialverhalten ; Einfühlung ; Entwicklungspsychologie ; Sozialkompetenz ; Einfühlung ; Pädagogische Psychologie
    Abstract: In response to highly publicized incidents of school violence, educators across the United States and in many other nations are seeking effective ways to prevent and modify aggressive and anti-social behaviors in students. One of the major recommendations of the research is that efforts to prevent cruelty need to begin early, during the early childhood years of birth through age eight. The focus of Teaching Compassion: Humane Education in Early Childhood is guiding young children to accept responsibility for and to be kind in their interactions with fellow human beings, animals and the environment. Although humane education is a relatively new concept in the field of early childhood education, professionals in the field are very familiar with many of the related concepts, including: promoting positive interpersonal interactions, teaching children the skills of self-regulation, giving children experience in caring for living things and protecting the environment. This edited volume is an interdisciplinary compendium of professional wisdom gathered from experts in the fields of education, child development, science, psychology, sociology and humane organizations. As the book amply documents, the concept of humane education is powerful, integrative, timely and appropriate in work with young children. Teaching Compassion: Humane Education in Early Childhood shows how it is possible for adults dedicated to the care and education of young children to balance attention to the cognitive and affective realms and, in so doing, to elevate the overall quality of early childhood programs for children, families and communities
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Mary RivkinPart One: Foundations of Humane Education -- Editor’s Introduction -- 1. Humane Education and the Development of Empathy in Early Childhood:  Definition, Rationale and Outcomes; Mary Renck Jalongo -- 2. Short-Term Interventions that Accomplish Humane Education Goals: An International Review of the Research; Virginio Aguirre and Agustín Orihuela -- 3. Using Interactions between Children and Companion Animals to Build Skill in Self-Regulation and Emotional Regulation; Wanda Boyer -- 4. Teaching Preservice Early Childhood Educators about Humane Education; Tunde Szecsi -- 5. Humane Education and Education for Sustainable Development:  Educational Initiatives with Common Goals; Nicole B. Stants -- Part Two: Homes and Communities -- 6. Animals in the Family:  Antecedents of Compassion and Violence; Marjorie L. Stanek -- 7. Including Animals in Play Therapy for Young Children and Families; Risë VanFleet -- 8. Foundational Humane Education:  Love of Nature and Affinity for Animals; Nancy Bires -- 9. Collaborating to Create Community Disaster Plans That Save Human and Animal Lives; Holly Travis -- Part Three: Humane Education in the Early Childhood Curriculum and Beyond -- 10. The Role of Therapy Animals in Promoting Humane Education Concepts; Lori Friesen -- 11. Beyond Words-Using Language and Literature to Teach Compassion for Others; Patricia A. Crawford -- 12. Initiatives of Intermountain Therapy Animals, Inc. that Promote Humane Education; Kathy Klotz -- 13. Guardians of the Earth:  Teaching Children to Care for All Living Things; Audrey Rule and Ksenia S. Zhbanova -- 14. Humane Education in the Early Childhood Science Curriculum; Amanda K. Onion -- Epilogue: The Promise of Humane Education in the Early Years; Zoe Weil.        .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400746411
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 338 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H. L. Van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 208
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. u.d.T. Dupont, Christian Phenomenology in French philosophy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy, modern ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund, 1859-1938 ; Influence ; Philosophy, French ; 20th century ; Phenomenology ; Frankreich ; Phänomenologie ; Rezeption ; Geschichte 1889-1939
    Abstract: This work investigates the early encounters of French philosophers and religious thinkers with the phenomenological philosophy of Edmund Husserl. Following an introductory chapter addressing context and methodology, Chapter 2 argues that Henri Bergson’s insights into lived duration and intuition and Maurice Blondel’s genetic description of action functioned as essential precursors to the French reception of phenomenology. Chapter 3 details the presentations of Husserl and his followers by three successive pairs of French academic philosophers: Léon Noël and Victor Delbos, Lev Shestov and Jean Hering, and Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch. Chapter 4 then explores the appropriation of Bergsonian and Blondelian phenomenological insights by Catholic theologians Édouard Le Roy and Pierre Rousselot. Chapter 5 examines applications and critiques of phenomenology by French religious philosophers, including Jean Hering, Joseph Maréchal, and neo-Thomists like Jacques Maritain. A concluding chapter expounds the principal finding that philosophical and theological receptions of phenomenology in France prior to 1939 proceeded independently due to differences in how Bergson and Blondel were perceived by French philosophers and religious thinkers and their respective orientations to the Cartesian and Aristotelian/Thomist intellectual traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Occasion; 1.2 Contribution; 1.3 Methodology and Terminology; 1.3.1 Definition of Reception; 1.3.2 Definition of Phenomenology; 1.3.3 Definition of Religious Thought; 1.4 Plan; References; Chapter 2: Precursors to the Reception of Phenomenology in France, 1889-1909; 2.1 Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century; 2.1.1 Positivism; 2.1.2 Idealism; 2.1.2.1 Charles Renouvier; 2.1.2.2 Léon Brunschvicg; 2.1.3 Spiritualism; 2.1.3.1 Félix Ravaisson; 2.1.3.2 Jules Lachelier; 2.1.3.3 Émile Boutroux
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.4 Summary: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism, and Spiritualism2.2 Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition; 2.2.1 Bergson's Original Insight; 2.2.2 Bergson's Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition; 2.2.2.1 Duration; 2.2.2.2 Intuition; 2.2.3 Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology; 2.2.3.1 Similarities; 2.2.3.2 Differences; 2.2.3.3 Conclusions; 2.2.4 Bergson's Influence on French Theologians; 2.3 Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action; 2.3.1 Blondel's Original Insight; 2.3.2 Blondel's Principal Theme: Action
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.3 Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology2.3.3.1 Critique of Positivist Approaches to Science; 2.3.3.2 Phenomenological Themes: Intentionality, Intuition, and Intersubjectivity; 2.3.3.3 Conclusions; 2.3.4 Blondel's Influence on French Theologians; 2.4 Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France; References; Chapter 3: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.1 Léon Noël and Victor Delbos; 3.1.1 Léon Noël; 3.1.2 Victor Delbos; 3.1.3 Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Lev Shestov and Jean Hering3.2.1 Lev Shestov; 3.2.2 Jean Hering; 3.2.3 Shestov's Reply to Hering; 3.2.4 Hering's Rebuttal to Shestov; 3.2.5 Shestov and Hering as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.3 Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.1 Bernard Groethuysen; 3.3.2 Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France; 3.3.3 Georges Gurvitch; 3.3.3.1 Gurvitch on Husserl; 3.3.3.2 Gurvitch on Scheler; 3.3.3.3 Gurvitch on Lask and Hartmann; 3.3.3.4 Gurvitch on Heidegger; 3.3.4 Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.4 Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.1 Emmanuel Levinas3.4.1.1 On Husserl's Ideas; 3.4.1.2 Husserl's Theory of Intuition; 3.4.1.3 Heidegger's Ontology; 3.4.2 Jean-Paul Sartre; 3.4.3 Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology; 3.5 Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939; 3.5.1 Phase One: Awareness of Husserl as a Critic of Psychologism; 3.5.2 Phase Two: Polemics Over Ideas and the Logos Essay; 3.5.3 Phase Three: Popularization of Phenomenology; 3.5.4 Phase Four: Original French Appropriations of Phenomenology; 3.5.5 Other Figures, Further Aspects; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Receptions of Phenomenological Insights in French Religious Thought, 1901-1929
    Description / Table of Contents: ACKNOWLEDGMENTSINTRODUCTION -- I. The Occasion of the Dissertation -- II. The Contribution of the Dissertation -- III. Methodology and Terminology -- A. Definition of Reception -- B. Definition of Phenomenology -- C. Definition of Religious Thought -- IV. The Plan of the Dissertation -- CHAPTER 1 PRECURSORS TO THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRANCE, 1889-1909 -- I. Three Major Currents in French Philosophy at the End of the Nineteenth Century -- A. Positivism -- B. Idealism -- C Spiritualism -- D. Conclusion: Anticipations of Phenomenology in French Positivism, Idealism and Spiritualism.-II. Henri Bergson: Lived Duration and Intuition -- A. Bergson’s Original Insight -- B. Bergson’s Principal Themes: Duration and Intuition -- C. Bergson as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Bergson’s Influence on French Theologians -- III. Maurice Blondel: A Phenomenology of Action -- A. Blondel’s Original Insight -- B. Blondel’s Principal Theme: Action -- C. Blondel as a Precursor to Husserlian Phenomenology -- D. Blondel’s Influence on French Theologians -- IV. Conclusion: Bergson and Blondel as Precursors to the Reception of Husserlian Phenomenology in France -- CHAPTER 2 FOUR PHASES IN THE RECEPTION OF PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH PHILOSOPHY, 1910-1939 -- I. Léon Noël and Victor Delbos -- A. Léon Noël -- B. Victor Delbos -- C. Noël and Delbos as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- II. Lev Shestov and Jean Héring -- A. Lev Shestov -- B. Jean Héring -- C. Shestov’s Reply to Héring -- D. Héring’s Rebuttal to Shestov -- E. Shestov and Héring as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- III. Bernard Groethuysen and Georges Gurvitch -- A. Bernard Groethuysen -- B. Interlude: German Phenomenologists in France -- C. Georges Gurvitch -- D. Groethuysen and Gurvitch as Interpreters of phenomenology -- IV. Emmanuel Levinas and Jean-Paul Sartre -- A. Emmanuel Levinas -- B. Jean-Paul Sartre -- C. Levinas and Sartre as Interpreters of Phenomenology -- V. Conclusion: Four Phases in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Philosophy, 1910-1939 -- CHAPTER 3 RECEPTIONS OF PHENOMENOLOGICAL INSIGHTS IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1901-1929 -- I. Édouard Le Roy -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Le Roy and Bergson -- C. Le Roy’s Application of Bergsonian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Le Roy’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- II. Pierre Rousselot -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Rousselot and Blondel -- C. Rousselot’s Application of Blondelian Insights to Religious Thought -- D. Rousselot’s Contribution to the Theological Reception of Phenomenology -- CHAPTER 4 RECEPTIONS OF HUSSERLIAN PHENOMENOLOGY IN FRENCH RELIGIOUS THOUGHT, 1926-1939 -- I. Jean Héring -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Philosophy of Religion -- C. Héring’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- II. Gaston Rabeau -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and Theological Epistemology -- C. Rabeau’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- III. Joseph Maréchal -- A. His Life and Works -- B. Phenomenology and the Critical Justification of Metaphysics -- C. Maréchal’s Application of Phenomenology to Religious Thought -- IV. Neo-Thomist Encounters with Phenomenology -- A. The Société Thomiste and the Journée d’Études -- B. Neo-Thomist Appraisals of Phenomenology V. Conclusion: Two Stages in the Reception of Phenomenology in French Religious Thought Prior to 1939 -- CONCLUSION -- I. Receptions of Phenomenology in French Academic Circles prior to 1939 -- II. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Philosophers -- III. Appropriations of Phenomenology by French Religious Thinkers -- IV. French Receptions of Phenomenology since 1939 -- WORKS CITED.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400768062
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 201 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 12
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Schuppert, Fabian Freedom, recognition and non-domination
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Anerkennung ; Autonomie ; Handlungsfreiheit ; Philosophie ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit
    Abstract: This book offers an original account of a distinctly republican theory of social and global justice. The book starts by exploring the nature and value of Hegelian recognition theory. It shows the importance of that theory for grounding a normative account of free and autonomous agency. It is this normative account of free agency which provides the groundwork for a republican conception of social and global justice, based on the core-ideas of freedom as non-domination and autonomy as non-alienation. As the author argues, republicans should endorse a sufficientarian account of social justice, which focuses on the nature of social relationships and their effects on people's ability to act freely and realize their fundamental interests. On the global level, the book argues for the cosmopolitan extension of the republican principles of non-domination and non-alienation within a multi-level democratic system. In so doing, the book addresses a major gap in the existing literature, presenting an original theory of justice, which combines Hegelian recognition theory and republican ideas of freedom, and applying this hybrid theory to the global domain. Fabian Schuppert creates a grand synthesis uniting neo-republican insights on freedom with Hegelian recognition theory. The result is an account of agency that arises from the idea of non-domination whose aim it is to safeguard individual freedom. When combined with Hegelian recognition theory a social focus also emerges. This amalgam comments on many of the major disputes concerning global justice from a cosmopolitan perspective. Because of the broad scope and the many contemporary discussions engaged this book will be of keen interest to scholars as well as a welcome addition to the classroom. Michael Boylan, Professor and Chair, Philosophy, Marymount University, USA In this highly readable and imaginative book, Schuppert shows how a republican political theory can address the problems of recognition, identity, and non-domination. Moreover, Schuppert demonstrates that Hegel's political philosophy has continuing vitality for the 21st century as he applies it to contemporary policy debates on basic needs, human rights, and cosmopolitanism. Robert Paul Churchill, Professor of Philosophy, George Washington University, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgmentsIntroduction - A Republican Theory of (Global) Justice.- Chapter One: The Nature of Free Rational Agency -- Chapter Two: Analysing Freedom & Autonomy - Recognition, Responsibility and Threats to Agency -- Chapter Three: Needs, Interests and Rights -- Chapter Four: Capabilities, Freedom and Sufficiency -- Chapter Five: Collective Agency, Democracy and Political Institutions -- Chapter Six: Global Justice and Non-Domination -- Conclusion: Freedom, Recognition & Non-Domination -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    ISBN: 9789400770676
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 279 p. 15 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science History ; Biology Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology)
    Abstract: This volume explores the interactions between organisms and their environments and how this “entanglement” is a fundamental aspect of all life. It brings together the work and ideas of historians, philosophers, biologists, and social scientists, uniting a range of new perspectives, methods, and frameworks for examining and understanding the ways that organisms and environments interact. The volume is organized into three main sections: historical perspectives, contested models, and emerging frameworks. The first section explores the origins of the modern idea of organism-environment interaction in the mid-nineteenth century and its development by later psychologists and anthropologists. In the second section, a variety of controversial models-from mathematical representations of evolution to model organisms in medical research-are discussed and reframed in light of recent questions about the interplay between organisms and environment. The third section investigates several new ideas that have the potential to reshape key aspects of the biological and social sciences. Populations of organisms evolve in response to changing environments; bodies and minds depend on a wide array of circumstances for their development; cultures create complex relationships with the natural world even as they alter it irrevocably. The chapters in this volume share a commitment to unraveling the mysteries of this entangled life
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Perspectives on Entangled Life; Gillian Barker, Eric Desjardins, and Trevor PearcePart I. Historical Perspectives -- The Origins and Development of the Idea of Organism-Environment Interaction; Trevor Pearce -- James Mark Baldwin, the Baldwin Effect, Organic Selection, and the American “Immigrant Crisis” at the Turn of the Twentieth Century; Christopher D. Green -- The Tension between the Psychological and Ecological Sciences: Making Psychology More Ecological; Harry Heft -- New Perspectives on Organism-Environment Interaction in Anthropology; Emily A. Schultz -- Part II. Contested Models -- Adaptation, Adaptation to, and Interactive Causes; Bruce Glymour -- Environmental Grain, Organism Fitness, and Type Fitness; Marshall Abrams -- Models in Context: Biological and Epistemological Niches; Jessica A. Bolker -- Thinking Outside the Mouse: Organism-Environment Interaction and Human Immunology; Eric Desjardins, Gillian Barker, and Joaquin Madrenas -- Part III. Emerging Frameworks -- Integrating Ecology and Evolution: Niche Construction and Ecological Engineering; Gillian Barker and John Odling-Smee -- The Affordance Landscape: The Spatial Metaphors of Evolution; Denis M. Walsh -- Rethinking Behavioral Evolution; Rachael Brown. Constructing the Cooperative Niche; Kim Sterelny.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 251 p. 4 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International education hubs
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: Education hubs are the newest development in the international higher education landscape. Countries, zones and cities are trying to position themselves as reputed centres for higher education and research. But given higher education’s current preoccupation with competitiveness, branding, and economic benefits are education hubs merely a fad, a branding exercise, or are they an important innovation worthy of serious investment and attention? This book tries to answer the question through a systematic and comparative analysis of the rationales, actors, policies, plans and accomplishments for six serious country level education hubs - United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Malaysia, Hong Kong, Singapore and Botswana . The in-depth case studies shows that "one size does not fit all". A variety of factors drive countries to prepare and position themselves as an education hub. They include income generation, soft power, modernization of domestic tertiary education sector, economic competitiveness, need for trained work force, and most importantly a desire to move towards a knowledge or service based economy. In response to these different motivations, three different types of education hubs are being developed: the student hub, talent hub, and knowledge/innovation hub. Scholars, policy makers, professionals, students and senior decision makers from education, economics, geography, public policy, trade, migration will find that this book challenges some assumptions about crossborder education and provides new insights and information.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication1. Introduction; Jane Knight -- 2. Understanding Education Hubs within the Context of Crossborder Education; Jane Knight -- 3. An Analytical Framework for  Education Hubs: Student, Talent, Knowledge-Innovation; Jane Knight and Jack Lee -- 4. The Evolution of Qatar as an Education Hub: Moving to a Knowledge Economy; Arwa Ibnouf, Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 5. United Arab Emirates Education Hub: A Decade of Development; Warren Halsey Fox and Sabha Al Shamisi -- 6. Hong Kong: The Quest for Regional Education Hub Status; Ka Ho Mok and Peter Bodycott -- 7. Malaysia: Becoming an Education Hub to Serve National Development; Mohd Ismail Abd Aziz and Doria Abdullah -- 8. Singapore: Building a Knowledge and Education Hub; Ravinder Sidhu, Ho Kong-Chong and  Brenda Yeoh -- 9. Botswana: Africa’s First Education Hub; Bridget Poppy John, David Wilmoth and Brian Mokopakgosi -- 10. Emerging Education Hubs: Korea, Sri Lanka, Mauritius, Bahrain; Lois Dou and Jane Knight -- 11. Comparative Analysis of Education Hubs; Jane Knight -- 12. Issues, Indicators, and Reflections; Jane Knight -- Bibliography -- Index.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400743663
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 418 p. 129 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Devetak, Iztok Learning with Understanding in the Chemistry Classroom
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This volume offers a critical examination of a variety of conceptual approaches to teaching and learning chemistry in the classroom. Presenting up-to-date research and theory and featuring contributions by respected academics on several continents, it explores ways of making chemical knowledge meaningful and relevant to students as well as strategies for effectively communicating the core concepts essential for developing a robust understanding of the subject. Structured in three sections, the contents deal first with teaching and learning chemistry, discussing general issues and pedagogical strategies using macro, sub-micro and symbolic representations of chemical concepts. Researchers also describe new and productive teaching strategies. The second section examines specific approaches that foster learning with understanding, focusing on techniques such as cooperative learning, laboratory activities, multimedia simulations, and role-playing. The final part of the book details learner-centered active chemistry learning methods, active computer-aided learning, and trainee chemistry teachers` use of student-centered learning during their pre-service education. Comprehensive and highly relevant, this new publication makes a significant contribution to the continuing task of making chemistry classes engaging and effective
    Description / Table of Contents: General Preface; Contents; Contributors; Reviewers; ContentsSection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning ChemistrySection I Teaching and Learning Chemis...
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Constructing Active Learning in Chemistry: Concepts, Cognition and ConceptionsActive Learning and Chemistry Education; Constructivist Premises; Three Broad Classes of Learning Outcome; Rote Learning; Concept Learning as Meaningful; When Active Learning Goes Wrong; Learning Impediments; Grounded Learning Impediments; Pedagogic Learning Impediments; The Octet Alternative Conceptual Framework; Chemical Concepts, Chemical Learning and Correcting Conceptions; The Limitations of Models and Metaphors; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 The Development of Theoretical Frameworks for Understanding the Learning of ChemistryIntroduction; Representation Versus Levels of Representation of Matter; Reality Versus Representation; Explanatory Power of Symbolic and Sub-microscopic Levels of Chemical Representation of Matter; Data Source; The Implications of Johnson's Triangle for Teaching; The Expanding Triangle; The Rising Iceberg; Johnstone's Triangle Informing the Chemical Epistemology; Pedagogical Implications; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Linking the Macro with the Submicro Levels of Chemistry: Demonstrations and Experiments that can Contribute to Active/Meaningful/Conceptual LearningIntroduction; The Lack of Deep Understanding is a Real Problem of School Chemistry; Teaching for Active Learning and Conceptual Understanding; Ausubel's Theory of Meaningful Learning; Constructivism and Active Learning; Constructivist and Active Approaches to Teaching Particulate Concepts; Introduction of the Concept of the Molecule; Diffusion; Collapsing Balloons; Ever-Moving Particles; Brownian Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: Difference of Properties of a Substance and its MoleculeTemperature; Change of Physical State; The Concept of Energy; Vibrational and Rotational Spectroscopies; The Concept of the Atom; Electrons and Electron Configurations; Chemical Bonding; The Amount of Substance Concept; Quantum Chemical Concepts; Concluding Remarks; Acknowledgments; References; 4 Challenging Myths About Teaching and Learning Chemistry; Introduction; Specific Myths About Teaching and Learning; How Long Can Students Pay Attention in Lecture?; Is the Use of Clicker Questions More Effective than Frequent Online Quizzes?
    Description / Table of Contents: Can Students Successfully Answer Essay Questions in Chemistry?
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I TEACHING AND LEARNING CHEMISTRYPart I UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY CONCEPTS -- Constructing active learning in chemistry: concepts, cognition and conceptions, Keith S. Taber -- The development of theoretical frameworks for understanding the learning of chemistry, Gail Chittleborough -- Linking the Macro with the Submicro Levels of Chemistry: The Role of Active Learning by Means of Demonstrations and Experiments, Georgios Tsaparlis -- Teaching Chemistry Conceptually, Vickie M. Williamson -- Debugging Myths about Teaching and Learning Chemistry, Diane M. Bunce -- Part II STUDENTS' CHARACTERISTICS AND CHEMISTRY LEARNING -- The Role of working memory in making the Learning of Chemistry Accessible and Enjoyable, Norman Reid -- Active Learning Educational Strategies Based on the Differences Between Groups of 16-year-old Students Regarding their Gender and Academic Achievements in Chemistry, Iztok Devetak and Saša A. Glažar -- Section II APPROACHES IN CHEMISTRY TEACHING FOR LEARNING WITH UNDERSTANDING -- Part I COOPERATIVE AND COLLABORATIVE LEARNING -- Twenty-five Years of Experience with Cooperative Learning in Chemistry, George M. Bodner and Patricia A. Metz -- Problem Solving through Cooperative Learning in the Chemistry Classroom, Liberato Cardellini -- The learning company approach to promote active learning in secondary chemistry lessons, Torsten Witteck, Katharina Beck, Bettina Most, Stephan Kienast and Ingo Eilks -- Contexts as learning catalysts for students and teachers - approaches and exemplary results from the projects Chemie im Kontext and CHEMOL, Ilka Parchmann, Nina Dunker and Wiebke Endres -- Part II TEACHING STRATEGIES -- Using Worksheets with Different Levels of Guidance to Engage Students in Dynamic Simulations, Sevil Akaygün and Loretta L. Jones -- Evaluation of the Predict-Observe-Explain instructional strategy to enhance students’ understanding of redox reactions, David F Treagust, Zuzi Mthembu and A L Chandrasegaran -- Application of Case Study and Role-playing in Forensic Chemistry Education, Iwona Maciejowska, Renata Wietecha-Posłuszny, Michał Woźniakiewicz and Paweł Kościelniak -- Students' motivation levels for learning chemistry and their success on design and construct activity, Margareta Vrtačnik and Mojca Juriševič -- Section III CURRICULUM REFORM AND TEACHERS -- Fostering Active Chemistry Learning in Thailand: Towards a Learner-Centred Student Experience, Richard K. Coll, Ninna Jasoon, Chanyah Dahsah and Sanoe Charmain -- Active Learning in Computerized Chemical Education Environments, Yehudit Judy Dori and Miriam Barak -- Pre-service Chemistry Teachers` Use of Active Learning During their Practical Pedagogical Training, Vesna Ferk Savec and Katarina S. Wissiak Grm.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776128
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 442 p. 18 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Medical Education ; Education, Higher ; Medizinische Ausbildung
    Abstract: This volume addresses all facets of faculty development, including academic and career development, teaching improvement, research capacity building, and leadership development. In addition, it describes a multitude of ways, ranging from workshops to the workplace, in which health professionals can develop their knowledge and skills. By providing an informed and scholarly overview of faculty development, and by describing original content that has not been previously published, this book helps to ensure that research and evidence inform practice, move the scholarly agenda forward, and promote dialogue and debate in this evolving field. It will prove an invaluable resource for faculty development program planning, implementation and evaluation, and will help to sustain faculty members’ vitality and commitment to excellence. Kelley M. Skeff, M.D., Ph.D., May 2013: In this text, Steinert and her colleagues have provided a significant contribution to the future of faculty development. In an academic and comprehensive way, the authors have both documented past efforts in faculty development as well as provided guidance and stimuli for the future. The scholarly and well-referenced chapters provide a compendium of methods previously used while emphasizing the expanding areas deserving work. Moreover, the writers consistently elucidate the faculty development process by highlighting the theoretical underpinnings of faculty development and the research conducted. Thus, the book provides an important resource for two major groups, current providers and researchers in faculty development as well as those desiring to enter the field. Both groups of readers can benefit from a reading of the entire book or by delving into their major area of interest and passion. In so doing, they will better understand our successes and our limitations in this emerging field. Faculty development in the health professions has now received attention for 6 decades. Yet, dedicated faculty members trying to address the challenges in medical education and the health care delivery system do not have all the assistance they need to achieve their goals. This book provides a valuable resource towards that end.
    Description / Table of Contents: Section I - Introduction1. Faculty Development: Core Concepts and Principles; Yvonne Steinert -- Section II - The Scope of Faculty Development -- 2. Faculty Development for Teaching Improvement; Carol S. Hodgson and LuAnn Wilkerson -- 3. Faculty Development for Leadership and Management; Tim Swanwick and Judy McKimm -- 4. Faculty Development for Research Capacity Building; Brian Hodges -- 5. Faculty Development for Academic and Career Development; Karen Leslie -- 6. Faculty Development for Organizational Change; Brian Jolly -- Section III - Approaches to Faculty Development -- 7. Learning from Experience: From Workplace Learning to Communities of Practice; Yvonne Steinert -- 8. Peer Coaching and Mentorship; Miriam Boillat and Michelle Elizov -- 9. Workshops and Seminars: Enhancing Effectiveness; Willem de Grave, Anneke Zanting, Désirée D. Mansvelder-Longayroux and Willemina M. Molenaar -- 10. Intensive Longitudinal Faculty Development Programs; Larry Gruppen -- 11. Faculty Development Online; David A. Cook -- Section IV - Practical Applications -- 12. Faculty Development to Promote Role-Modeling and Reflective Practice; Karen V. Mann -- 13. Faculty Development for Curriculum Change: Towards Competency-Based Teaching and Assessment; Linda Snell -- 14. Faculty Development for Interprofessional Education and Practice; Liz Anderson, Sarah Hean, Cath O'Halloran, Richard Pitt and Marilyn Hammick -- 15. International Faculty Development Partnerships; Stacey Friedman, Francois Cilliers, Ara Tekian and John Norcini -- 16. Starting a Faculty Development Program; Ivan Silver -- Section V - Research and Scholarship in Faculty Development -- 17. Faculty Development Research: The ‘State of the Art’ and Future Trends; John Spencer -- 18. Promoting Scholarship in Faculty Development: Relevant Research Paradigms and Methodologies; Patricia S. O’Sullivan and David M. Irby -- 19. Faculty Development and Knowledge Translation: From Theory to Practice; Aliki Thomas and Yvonne Steinert -- Section VI - Conclusion -- 20. Faculty Development: Future Directions; Yvonne Steinert.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401787093
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 237 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Philosophy ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Bildungstheorie ; Exploration ; Experiment ; Weltbild
    Abstract: This book deals with contemporary epistemological questions, connecting Educational Philosophy with the field of Science- and Technology Studies. It can be understood as a draft of a general theory of world-disclosure, which is in its core a distinction between two forms of world-disclosure: experiment and exploration. These two forms have never been clearly distinguished before. The focus lies on the experimental form of world-disclosure, which is described in detail and in contrast to the explorational form along the line of twenty-one characteristics, which are mainly derived from empirical studies of experimental work in the field of natural sciences. It can also be understood as an attempt to integrate elements of the Anglo-Saxon Philosophy of Science with elements of the German tradition of Educational Philosophy. This is also reflected in the style of writing. In accordance to the content-level of the book, the argument for experimental forms of world-disclosure is written in an essayistic, readable style, which can be understood as an experimental form of writing. This book is a translation of the doctoral thesis 'Experiment und Exploration. Bildung als experimentelle Form der Welterschließung' (summa cum laude). The thesis was published in German in 2010 by Transcript (Bielefeld) in the series called 'Theorie Bilden', edited by Prof. Dr. Hannelore Faulstich-Wieland, Prof. Dr. Hans-Christoph Koller, Prof. Dr. Karl-Josef Pazzini and Prof. Dr. Michael Wimmer
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction1. The Subversion of Technology -- 2. The Disclosure of the World -- 3. The Form of the Experimental -- 4. The Subversion of Bildung -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401786256
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 258 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. African indigenous ethics in global bioethics
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Afrika ; Bioethik
    Abstract: This book educates whilst also challenging the contemporary schools of thought within philosophical and religious ethics. In addition, it underlines the fact that the substance of ethics in general and bioethics/healthcare ethics specifically, is much more expansive and inclusive than is usually thought. Bioethics is a relatively new academic discipline. However, ethics has existed informally since before the time of Hippocrates. The indigenous culture of African peoples has an ethical worldview which predates the western discourse. This indigenous ethical worldview has been orally transmitted over centuries. The earliest known written African text containing some concepts and content of ethics is the “Declaration of Innocence” written in 1500 B.C., found in an Egyptian text. Ubuntu is an example of African culture that presents an ethical worldview. This work interprets the culture of Ubuntu to explain the contribution of a representative indigenous African ethics to global bioethics. Many modern scholars have written about the meaning of Ubuntu for African societies over centuries. Some scholars have viewed Ubuntu as the greatest contribution of African cultures to other world cultures. None of the scholars, however has explored the culture of Ubuntu as providing a representative indigenous ethics that can contribute to global bioethics as discussed in this book
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter-1 ; Introduction: The Culture of Ubuntu; 1.1 Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1 Inevitable Birth of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.1 Limited Scope of Medical Ethics and the Increasing Need for Global Bioethics; 1.1.1.2 Political Bases for the Genesis of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.1.3 Demographical Conditions that Necessitated Emergence of Global Bioethics ; 1.1.2 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas Appropriate Response to the Needs of the Times; 1.1.2.1 Globalization ; 1.1.2.2 Infectious Diseases ; 1.1.2.3 International Trade
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.3 UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rightsas an Unconscious Recognition of Ubuntu1.1.3.1 Humans should not be Used as Mere Means to Whatever End ; 1.1.3.2 Increasingly Obvious Need for International Bioethical Policymaking Board; 1.1.3.3 The Increasing Need to Recognize Human Basic Equality Globally ; 1.2 Exploration of Ubuntu ; 1.2.1 Meaning of Ubuntu ; 1.2.2 Ubuntu is Anthropocentric, Theocentric and Cosmocentric ; 1.2.2.1 Interdependence ; 1.2.2.2 Need for Otherness ; 1.2.2.3 Ubuntu and Unity ; 1.2.3 Ubuntu Ethics of Immortality ; 1.2.3.1 Personal Immortality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.3.2 The Importance of Marriage and Procreation 1.2.3.3 Ubuntu Theory of Moral Development ; 1.3 Relevance of Ubuntu Worldview ; 1.3.1 Ubuntu Existential-Relational Epistemology ; 1.3.2 Ubuntu Relational and Holistic Perspective on Human Disease ; 1.3.3 Ubuntu Communitarian Healthcare Ethics ; 1.4 Conclusion ; Chapter-2; Ubuntu Ethics; 2.1 Tension Between Individual and Universal Rights; 2.1.1 Inalienable Rights; 2.1.1.1 Personal Rights within Communitarian Context; 2.1.1.2 Individual's Personal Rights are Defined by Others' Personal Rights; 2.1.2 Human Relationships
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.2.1 Anthropological and Epistemological Perspective2.1.2.2 Otherness; 2.1.2.3 Communitarianism; 2.1.3 Reciprocity of Care; 2.1.3.1 Reciprocity as the Bond Between the Community and an Individual; 2.1.3.2 Ujamaa as Praxis of Ubuntu Reciprocity; 2.1.3.3 Importance of Marriage and Procreation; 2.2 Cosmic and Global Context; 2.2.1 Justice; 2.2.1.1 Ubuntu Justice is Reparative Rather than Retributive; 2.2.1.2 Ubuntu Justice is Distributive; 2.2.1.3 Ubuntu Justice is Communitarian; 2.2.2 Diversity; 2.2.2.1 Anthropocentrism and Respect for Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.2.2 Otherness as Source, Objective and Rationale of Morality2.2.2.3 Tension Between Diversity, Communitarianism and Human Freedom; 2.2.3 Biosphere; 2.2.3.1 The Self and the Cosmos in Relationship; 2.2.3.2 Role of and Respect for Other Forms of Life; 2.2.3.3 Sacredness of the Biosphere; 2.3 The Role of Solidarity; 2.3.1 Common Good; 2.3.1.1 Common Ownership of the Major Means of Production; 2.3.1.2 Distribution of Wealth on the Basis of Need; 2.3.1.3 Moral Obligation to Participate in the Process of Production; 2.3.2 Social Cohesion
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2.1 Moral Responsibility to Participate in Community Building
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401785457
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 422 p. 134 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of Arabic literacy
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Arabic languages ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Arabic languages ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy
    Abstract: This book provides a synopsis of recently published empirical research into the acquisition of reading and writing in Arabic. Its particular focus is on the interplay between the linguistic and orthographic structure of Arabic and the development of reading and writing/spelling. In addition, the book addresses the socio-cultural, political, and educational milieu in which Arabic literacy is embedded. It enables readers to appreciate both the implications of empirical research to literacy enhancement, and the challenges and limitations to the applicability of such insights in the Arabic language and literacy context. The book will advance the understanding of the full context of literacy acquisition in Arabic with the very many factors (religious, historical, linguistic, etc.) that interact, and will, hence, contribute to weakening the anglocentricity that dominates discussions of this topic
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceForeword -- Introduction -- PART ONE: THE ARABIC LANGUAGE. Chapter 1: The Structure of Arabic Language and Orthography -- PART TWO: ARABIC LEXICAL REPRESENTATION AND PROCESSING. Chapter 2: Is the Arabic Mental Lexicon Morpheme-based or Stem-based? Implications for Spoken and Written Word Recognition -- Chapter 3: Word Recognition in Arabic: Approaching a Language-Specific Reading Model -- Chapter 4: Why is it Hard to Read Arabic? -- PART THREE: ARABIC READING AND SPELLING DEVELOPMENT AND DISORDERS. Chapter 5: An Epidemiological Survey of Specific Reading and Spelling Disorders in Arabic Speaking Children in Egypt -- Chapter 6: Types of Developmental Dyslexia in Arabic -- Chapter 7: Narrative Development in Arabic: Story Re-telling -- Chapter 8: Cognitive Predictors of Early Reading Ability in Arabic: A Longitudinal Study from Kindergarten to Grade 2 -- PART FOUR: ARABIC DIGLOSSIA, LANGUAGE AND LITERACY. Chapter 9: The Effect of Diglossia on Literacy in Arabic and Other Languages -- Chapter 10: Acquiring Literacy in a Diglossic Context: Problems and Prospects -- Chapter 11: A New Look at Diglossia: Modality-Driven Distinctions between Spoken and Written Narratives in Jordanian Arabic -- Chapter 12: Literacy Acquisition and Diglossia: Textbooks in Israeli Arabic-speaking Schools -- Chapter 13: Diglossic Knowledge Development in Typically Developing Native Arabic-speaking Children and the Development of ADAT (Arabic Diglossic Knowledge and Awareness Test) -- PART FIVE: ARABIC EMERGENT LITERACY: SOCIO-CULTURAL FACTORS. Chapter 14: The Development of Young Children’s Arabic Language and Literacy in the United Arab Emirates -- Chapter 15: Mother-Child Literacy Activities and Early Literacy in the Israeli Arab Family -- PART SIX: ARABIC LITERACY DEVELOPMENT IN SPECIAL POPULATIONS. Chapter 16: Environmental Contributions to Language and Literacy Outcomes in Bilingual English-Arabic Children in the U.S.A. -- Chapter 17: The Development of Grapho-phonemic Representations among Native Hebrew Speakers Learning Arabic as a Foreign Language -- Chapter 18: Braille Reading in Blind and Sighted Individuals: Educational Considerations and Experimental Evidence -- Subject Index -- Author Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    ISBN: 9789400770126
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 395 p. 38 illus., 16 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional and Practice-based Learning 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Discourses on Professional Learning
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Applied psychology ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: This book analyses and elaborates on learning processes within work environments and explores professional learning. It presents research indicating general characteristics of the work environment that support learning, as well as barriers to workplace learning. Themes of professional development, lifelong learning and business organisation emerge through the chapters, and contributions explore theoretical and empirical analyses on the boundary between working and learning in various contexts and with various methodological approaches. Readers will discover how current workplace learning approaches can emphasise the learning potential of the work environment and how workplaces can combine the application of competence, that is working, with its acquisition or learning. Through these chapters, we learn about the educational challenge to design workplaces as environments of rich learning potential without neglecting business demands. Expert authors explore how learning and working are both to be considered as two common aspects of an individual’s activity. Complexity, significance, integrity, and variety of assigned work tasks as well as scope of action, interaction, and feedback within its processing, turn out to be crucial work characteristics, amongst others revealed in these chapters. Part of the Professional and Practice-based Learning series, this book will appeal to anyone with an interest in workplaces as learning environments: those within government, community or business agencies and within the research communities in education, psychology, sociology, and business management will find it of great interest
    Description / Table of Contents: Discourses on professional learning: on the boundary between learning and working, Christian Harteis, Andreas Rausch, Jürgen SeifriedPart I: Analytic perspective 1 - Learning in work context -- Informal learning in workplaces - understanding learning culture as a challenge for organizational development, Christoph Fischer, Bridget O’Connor -- Agentic behaviour at work: Crafting learning experiences, Michael Goller, Stephen Billett -- Practiced professional agency and collaborative creativity, Panu Forsman, Kaija Collin, Anneli Eteläpelto -- Mediating occupational learning at work, Stephen Billett -- Error Climate and the Individual Dealing with Errors in the Workplace, Alexander Baumgartner, Jürgen Seifried -- Reflection and reflective behaviour in work teams, Thomas Schley, Marianne van Woerkom -- Part II: Analytic perspective 2 - Work as learning environment -- Apprenticeship and Vocational Education, Karl-Heinz Gerholz, Taiga Brahm -- Learning in response to workplace change, Mark Tyler, Sarojni Choy, Ray Smith, Darryl Dymock -- Grasping learning during internships: The case of engineering education, David Gijbels, Christian Harteis, Vinvent Donche, Piet van den Bossche, Steffi Maes, Katrin Temmen -- Employing agency in academic settings: Doctoral students shaping their own experiences, Michael Goller, Christian Harteis -- Developing medical capacities and dispositions through practice-based experiences, Jennifer Cleland, Joseph Leaman, Stephen Billett -- ePortfolio: A Practical Tool for Self-directed, Reflective and Collaborative Professional Learning, Anna-Liza Daunert, Linda Price -- Part III: Methodological issues -- The integration of work and learning: Tackling the complexity with Structural Equation Modelling, Eva Kyndt, Patrick Onghena -- Social network analyses of learning at workplaces, Tuire Palonen, Kai Hakkarainen -- Learning through interactional participatory configurations: contributions from video analysis, Laurent Filliettaz -- Using Diaries in Research on Work and Learning, Andreas Rausch -- Part IV: Conclusion -- Interdependence on the boundaries between working and learning, Stephen Billett.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    ISBN: 9789401787369
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 251 p. 2 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advancing Global Bioethics 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Medical ethics ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: With the advance of biomedicine, certain individuals and groups are vulnerable because of their incapacities to defend themselves. The International Bioethics Committee as a UNESCO working group has for the last several years dedicated to deepen this principle of human vulnerability and personal integrity. This book serves to supplement this effort with a religious perspective given a great number of the world’s population is affiliated with some religious traditions. While there is diversity within each of these traditions, all of them carry in them the mission to protect the weak, the underprivileged, and the poor. Thus, here presented is a collection of papers written by bioethics experts from six major world religions-Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam, and Judaism-who were gathered to discuss the meaning and implications of the principle of vulnerability in their respective traditions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; About the Authors; Chapter-1; Introduction: The Principle of Vulnerability: Meeting Ground of Six Religions; Bibliography; Part I; General Considerations on the Principle of Vulnerability in Bioethics; Chapter-2; Vulnerability: How did the principle Come About?; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 A New Principle; 2.3 The Difficult Process of Revision of the Declaration; 2.4 Immediate Approval of the Principle; 2.5 Towards a Report on the Principle; References; Chapter-3; The Principle of Vulnerability in the UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 The Emergence of Vulnerability in Authoritative Bioethics Documents; 3.2.1 The Belmont Report; 3.2.2 The CIOMS Guidelines; 3.2.3 The Declaration of Helsinki; 3.2.4 The Universal Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights; 3.3 Controversial Dimensions of Vulnerability; 3.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter-4; Vulnerability: Considerations on the Appropriate Use of the Term in Bioethics; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Some Uses of "vulnerability"; 4.3 A Key to Interpretation: Vulnerability and Corporeality; 4.4 Vulnerability and Desire: A False Source of Vulnerability; 4.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart II; Religious Perspectives of Vulnerability from Philosophical, Ethical and Legal Points of View; Chapter-5; Vulnerability, Compassion, and Ethical Responsibility: A Buddhist Perspective on the Phenomenology of Illness and Health; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Suffering Body as an Interpretative "Text"; 5.3 Compassion: The Irreducibility of Ethical Responsibilities; 5.4 The Phenomenology of Illness and the Healing Process; 5.5 Summary; References; Chapter-6; The Ethical and the Legal Aspects of Vulnerability in the Christian Perspective; 6.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Vulnerability and Otherness6.3 Vulnerability and Agape; References; Chapter-7; Family as First Bulwark for the Vulnerable: Confucian Perspectives on the Anthropology and Ethics of Human Vulnerability; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 The Confucian Family-centric Vision; 7.3 Family Co-determination as the First Bulwark Protecting Patients; 7.4 Hong Kong as Illustration; 7.4.1 When Patients are Competent; 7.4.2 Two Illustrations; 7.4.3 Disrespect for the Patient's Will; 7.5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Chapter-8; Between Tradition and Modernity: Bioethics, Human Vulnerability and Social Change
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.1 The Hindu Tradition8.2 Religion; 8.3 Social Divisions in the Hindu Culture; 8.4 Sources of Strength and Protection; 8.4.1 Sources of Vulnerabilities; 8.5 Social and Political Change; 8.5.1 Reform Movements; 8.5.2 The New Rulers; 8.5.3 After Independence; 8.6 Bioethical Challenges for the Twenty-First Century; 8.7 Conclusion; References; 9.1 Introduction; Chapter-9; Human Vulnerability in Islam; 9.2 Vulnerability and Weakness: Our Human Condition; 9.3 Children and Women: Rights and Needsto be Protected; 9.4 Extending Mercy to the Elderly and the Sick; 9.5 Medical Care and Bioethical Issues
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.6 Concluding Remarks
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790604
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 195 p. 3 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Schule ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Kritische Pädagogik
    Abstract: This book explores schools and how they can function as social institutions that advance the interests and life chances of all young people, especially those who are already the most marginalized and at an educational disadvantage. Social justice is a key theme as the book examines the needs of youth, the concept of school culture, school/community relations, socially critical pedagogy, curriculum and leadership, and a socially critical approach to work.The Socially Just School is based upon four decades of intensive writing and researching of young lives. This work presents an alternative to the damaging school reform in which schools are made to serve the interests of the economy, education systems, the military, corporate or national interests. Readers will discover the hallmarks of socially just schools: - They educationally engage young people regardless of class, race, family or neighbourhood location, and they engage them around their own educational aspirations. - They regard all young people as being morally entitled to a rewarding and satisfying experience of school, not only those whose backgrounds happen to fit with the values of schools. - They treat young people as having strengths and being ‘at promise’ rather than being ‘at risk’ and with ‘deficits’ or as ‘bundles of pathologies’ to be remedied or ‘fixed’. - They are ‘active listeners’ to the lives and cultures of their students and communities, and they construct learning experiences that are embedded in young lives. This highly readable book will appeal to students and scholars in education and sociology, as well as to teachers and school administrators with an interest in social justice
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1 Introduction, argument and organization -- Chapter 2 Socially critical youth voice -- Chapter 3 Socially critical culture of school reform -- Chapter 4 Socially critical school/community relations -- Chapter 5 Socially critical pedagogy of teaching -- Chapter 6 Socially critical curriculum -- Chapter 7 Socially critical leadership -- Chapter 8 Socially critical approach to work -- Chapter 9 Critically educated hope.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788168
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 273 p. 8 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Ethics and the arts
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Künste ; Ethik ; Ästhetik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: This book proposes that the highest expression of ethics is an aesthetic. It suggests that the quintessential performance of any field of practice is an art that captures an ethic beyond any literal statement of values. This is toadvocate for a shift in emphasis,away from current juridical approaches to ethics (ethicalcodes or regulation), toward ethics as an aesthetic practice-away from ethics as a minimal requirement, toward ethics as an aspiration. The book explores the relationship between art and ethics: a subject that has fascinated philosophers from ancient Greece to the present. It explores this relationship in all the arts: literature, the visual arts, film, the performing arts, and music. It also examines current issues raised by ‘hybrid’ artists who are working at the ambiguous intersections between art, bioart and bioethics and challenging ethical limits in working with living materials. In considering these issues the book investigates the potential for art and ethics to be mutually challenged and changed in this meeting. The book is aimed at artists and students of the arts, who may be interested in approaching ethics and the arts in a new way. It is also aimed at students and teachers of ethics and philosophy, as well as those working in bioethics and the health professions. It will have appeal to the ‘general educated reader’ as being current, of considerable interest, and offering a perspective on ethics that goes beyond a professional context to include questions about how one approaches ethics in one’s own life and practices
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; References; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction : Ethics and the Arts; Reference; Part I: The Arts and Ethics; Chapter 2: Literature and Ethics: Learning to Read with Emma Bovary; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Historical Background; 2.3 The Work; 2.4 Conclusion: The Ethics of Reading; References; Chapter 3: Music and Morality; 3.1 Music, Morality, and Philosophy ; 3.2 The Deep Diversity of Musical Practices; 3.3 Musical Resources and Morality; 3.4 Music, Ethos, and Education; References; Chapter 4: Modern Painting and Morality; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Morality in 'Early Modern' Painting
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 The Moral Universe: Gathering of the Ashes4.2.2 Two Bathshebas; 4.3 Modern Painting to 1980; 4.3.1 The Beginnings of Modern Painting; 4.3.2 Rothko; 4.3.3 Andy Warhol; 4.4 Modern Painting from a Moral Perspective; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: The Photograph Not as Proof but as Limit; 5.1 Roland Barthes's Camera Lucida; 5.2 Josh Azzarella and Trevor Paglen; 5.3 Unknowability, Mystery, and Ethical Viewing; References; Chapter 6: Of Redemption: The Good of Film Experience; 6.1 Encountering Cinema; 6.2 Intersecting Ethics; 6.3 Redeeming Cinema and Ethics; 6.4 Risking Redemption
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 7: Movies and Medical Ethics; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Film as a Starting Point for Studying Medical Ethics; 7.3 Engaging Viewers and Delivering Messages Cinematographically; 7.4 Extracted Sequences Illustrate Memorable Moments of a Film's Narrative; 7.5 The Value of Informed Awareness; 7.6 Aesthetics; A Valuable Addition to the Message; 7.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 8: The House of the Dead-The Ethics and Aesthetics of Documentary; 8.1 The Poem; 8.2 Three Characters-Jaime, Antonio and Almerindo; 8.2.1 Almerindo Act 1: 'The bells'; 8.2.2 Jaime Act 2: 'The deaths'
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2.3 Antonio Act 3: 'The forgotten'8.3 Activist Documentary Making; References; Chapter 9: Embracing the Unknown, Ethics and Dance; 9.1 Introduction; 9.2 Spinoza's Ethics; 9.3 Training and Technique; 9.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 10: Burning Daylight : Contemporary Indigenous Dance, Loss and Cultural Intuition; 10.1 Introduction; 10.2 Marrugeku; 10.3 Burning Daylight Production Outline; 10.4 Contemporary Dance in a Context of Loss and Forced Removal; 10.4.1 Case Study: Researching Burning Daylight ; 10.5 Negotiating the Contemporary in the Native Title Era; 10.5.1 Case Study: Rubibi
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.5.2 Case Study: Memory of Tradition10.6 The Art of Listening; References; Chapter 11: Toward an Intersubjective Ethics of Acting and Actor Training; 11.1 Considering the Intersubjective Space 'Between' in One Performance; 11.1.1 Phenomenological Perspectives on Intersubjectivity; 11.2 Theatre and Ethics: A Brief Overview; 11.3 The Postmodern Condition and Ethics; 11.3.1 Levinas' Ethics of Ethics ; References; Chapter 12: Politics and Ethics in Applied Theatre: Face-to-­Face and Disturbing the Fabric of the Sensible; 12.1 Facing the Other; 12.2 Political Affects
    Description / Table of Contents: 12.3 Sensitising Through Participatory Theatre
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    ISBN: 9789401790970
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 298 p. 32 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Wissenschaftskommunikation ; Asiatisch-Pazifischer Raum
    Abstract: This book explores effective approaches for communicating science to the public in developing countries. Offering multiple perspectives on this important topic, it features 17 chapters that represent the efforts of 23 authors from eight countries: Australia, Bangladesh, India, Ireland, New Zealand, USA, Singapore and South Africa. Inside, readers will find a diversity of approaches to communicate science to the public. The book also highlights some of the challenges that science communicators, science policy makers, science teachers, university academics in the sciences and even entrepreneurs may face in their attempts to boost science literacy levels in their countries. In addition, it shares several best practices from the developed world that may help readers create communication initiatives that can lead to increased engagement with science in communities in the Asia Pacific region and beyond. Given the pervasive influence of science and technology in today’s society, their impact will only increase in the years to come as the world becomes more globalized and the economies of countries become more inter-linked. This book will be a useful source of reference for developing countries looking to tap into the potential of science for nation building and effectively engage their communities to better understand science and technology. Supported by the Pacific Science Association, Hawaii
    Description / Table of Contents: SchoolsPromoting science literacy via science journalism: Issues and challenges, Billy McClune, and Ruth Jarman -- Science clubs: An under-utilized tool for promoting science communication activities in schools, M. Shaheed Hartley -- Developing scientific literacy from engaging in science in everyday life: Ideas for science educators, Teo Tang Wee and Lim Kim Yong -- The nature of science kits in affecting change in public attitude towards and understanding of science, Daniel Dickerson and Craig Stewart -- Field trips to industrial establishments: Infinite opportunities for popularizing science, Irene Tan and Charles Chew -- Science centers -- A role for science centers in communicating science - A personal view, Graham Durant -- Science communicators as commercial and social entrepreneurs, Graham Walker -- Assessing science communication effectiveness: Issues in evacuation and measurement, Rod Lamberts and Catherine Rayner -- Universities -- Graduate degree programs in science communication: Educating and training science communicators to work with communities, Nancy Longnecker and Mzamose Gondwe -- Outreach activities by universities as a channel for science communication, Lloyd Spencer Davis -- Role of learned societies in science communication, Leo Tan Wee Hin and R. Subramaniam -- Science Olympiads as vehicles for identifying talent in the sciences: The Singapore experience, Shirley S. L. Lim, Horn-Mun Cheah and Tzi-Sum Andy Hor -- Challenges facing developing countries in the promotion of science communication, Leo Tan Wee Hin and R. Subramaniam -- General communication initiatives -- Web-based channels for science communication, Karen Bultitude -- Science communication through mobile devices, Oum Prakash Sharma -- Café scientfiques, Duncan Dallas -- Television as a medium of science, M. Shamsher Ali.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401788601
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 334 p. 44 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science
    Abstract: This volume is dedicated to Leo Esakia's contributions to the theory of modal and intuitionistic systems. Consisting of 10 chapters, written by leading experts, this volume discusses Esakia’s original contributions and consequent developments that have helped to shape duality theory for modal and intuitionistic logics, and to utilize it to obtain some major results in the area. Beginning with a chapter which explores Esakia duality for S4-algebras, the volume goes on to explore Esakia duality for Heyting algebras and its generalizations to weak Heyting algebras and implicative semilattices. The book also dives into the Blok-Esakia theorem and provides an outline of the intuitionistic modal logic KM which is closely related to the Gödel-Löb provability logic GL. One chapter scrutinizes Esakia’s work interpreting modal diamond as the derivative of a topological space within the setting of point-free topology. The final chapter in the volume is dedicated to the derivational semantics of modal logic and other related issues
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceIntroduction -- Esakia’s Biography -- Canonical extensions, Esakia spaces, and universal models; Mai Gehrke -- Free modal algebras revisited: the step-by-step method; Nick Bezhanishvili, Silvio Ghilardi, and Mamuka Jibladze -- Easkia duality and its extensions; Sergio A. Celani and Ramon Jansana -- On the Blok-Esakia Theorem; Frank Wolter and Michael Zakharyaschev -- Modal logic and the Vietoris functor; Yde Venema and Jacob Vosmaer -- Logic KM: A Biography; Alexei Muravitsky -- Constructive modalities with provability smack; Tadeusz Litak -- Cantor-Bendixson properties of the assembly of a frame; Harold Simmons -- Topological interpretations of provability logic; Lev Beklemishev and David Gabelaia -- Derivational modal logics with the difference modality; Andrey Kudinov and Valentin Shehtman -- Esakia’s Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401790116
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 283 p. 186 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Logik ; Rationalität ; Vernunft
    Abstract: This book contains a selection of the papers presented at the Logic, Reasoning and Rationality 2010 conference (LRR10) in Ghent. The conference aimed at stimulating the use of formal frameworks to explicate concrete cases of human reasoning, and conversely, to challenge scholars in formal studies by presenting them with interesting new cases of actual reasoning. According to the members of the Wiener Kreis, there was a strong connection between logic, reasoning, and rationality and that human reasoning is rational in so far as it is based on (classical) logic. Later, this belief came under attack and logic was deemed inadequate to explicate actual cases of human reasoning. Today, there is a growing interest in reconnecting logic, reasoning and rationality. A central motor for this change was the development of non-classical logics and non-classical formal frameworks. The book contains contributions in various non-classical formal frameworks, case studies that enhance our apprehension of concrete reasoning patterns, and studies of the philosophical implications for our understanding of the notions of rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Erik Weber, Joke Meheus & Dietlinde WoutersChapter 1. Adaptive Logics as a Necessary Tool for Relative Rationality. Including a Section on Logical Pluralism; Diderik Batens -- Chapter 2. A New Approach to Epistemic Logic; Giovanna Corsi and Gabriele Tassi -- Chapter 3. Explaining Capacities: Assessing the Explanatory Power of Models in the Cognitive Sciences; Raoul Gervais -- Chapter 4. Data-driven Induction in Scientific Discovery. A Critical Assessment Based on Kepler’s Discoveries; Albrecht Heeffer -- Chapter 5. Dovetailing Belief Base Revision with (Basic) Truth Approximation; Theo A.F. Kuipers -- Chapter 6. A Method of Generating Modal Logics Defining Jaśkowski’s Discussive D2 Consequence; Marek Nasieniewski and Andrzej Pietruszczak -- Chapter 7. Frontier Theory of Inquiry: Apparent Conflicts between the Ghent Logical Program and the “Darwinian” Selectionist Program; Thomas Nickles -- Chapter 8. On the Propagation of Consistency in Some Systems of Paraconsistent Logic; Hitoshi Omori and Toshiharu Waragai -- Chapter 9. Degrees of Validity and the Logical Paradoxes; Francesco Orilia -- Chapter 10. Contradictory Concepts; Graham Priest -- Chapter 11. Bloody Analogical Reasoning; Dagmar Provijn -- Chapter 12. Another Look at Mathematical Style, as Inspired by Le Lionnais and the OuLiPo; Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 13. Internalism Does Entail Scepticism; Jan Willem Wieland -- Chapter 14. Answering by Means of Questions in View of Inferential Erotetic Logic; Andrzej Wiśniewski.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    ISBN: 9789400778269
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Workplace learning in teacher education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education
    Abstract: This book explores teacher workplace learning from four different perspectives: social policy, international comparators, multi-professional stances/perspectives and socio-cultural theory. First, it considers the policy and practice context of professional learning in teacher education in England, and the rest of the UK, with particular reference to professional masters level provision. The importance of teachers’ and schools’ perceptions of improvement, development and learning, and the inherent tensions between individual, school and government priorities is explored. Second, the book considers models of teacher workplace learning to be found in international research and practice to explore what perspective they can bring to understanding policy and practice relating to workplace learning in the UK. Third, it draws on cross-professional analysis to get an intellectual and theoretical purchase on workplace learning by examining how insights from across the professions can provide us with useful perspectives on policy and practice. The analysis draws particularly on insights from medicine and educational psychology. Fourth, the book cross-fertilises research and practice across the field of education by drawing on insights from perspectives such as socio-cultural and activity theory and situated learning/cognition to discover what they can offer in analysing the theoretical and pedagogic underpinnings of teacher workplace learning. In short, the book offers a number of contexts for exploring how best to conceptualise and theorise learning in the workplace in order to generate evidence to inform policy and practice and facilitates the development of a more theoretically informed and robust model of workplace learning and teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Framing Workplace Learning2. Developing a Multi-layered System of Distributed Expertise: What Does Cultural Historical Theory Bring to Understandings of Workplace Learning in School-University Partnerships?- 3. Developing Knowledge for Qualified Professionals -- 4. Work-based, Accredited Professional Education: Insights from Medicine -- 5. ‘In This Together’: Developing University-Workplace Partnerships in Initial Professional Training for Practitioner Educational Psychologists -- 6. Disentangling What it Means to Be a Teacher in the Twenty-first Century: Policy and Practice in Teachers’ Continuing Professional Learning -- 7. Pulling Learning Through: Building the Profession’s Skills in Making Use of Workplace Coaching Opportunities -- 8. Empowering Teachers as Learners: Continuing Professional Learning Programmes as Sites for Critical Development in Pedagogical Practice -- 9. Lesson Study in a Performative Culture -- 10. The Policy Context of Teachers’ Workplace Learning: The Case for Research-based Professionalism in Teacher Education in England -- 11. Workplace Learning in Pre-service Teacher Education: An English Case Study -- 12. Work-based Learning in Teacher Education: A Scottish Perspective -- 13. ‘Learningplace’ Practices and Initial Teacher Education in Ireland: Knowledge Generation, Partnerships and Pedagogy -- 14. Teacher Learning in the Workplace in Initial Teacher Education in Portugal: Potential and Limits from a Student Teacher Perspective -- 15. Learning to Teach in Norway: A Shared Responsibility -- 16. Teaching as a Master’s Level Profession in Finland: Theoretical Reflections and Practical Solutions -- 17. Improving Workplace Learning in Teacher Education.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400779174
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 187 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Campbell, Catherine Galko Persons, identity, and political theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Political science Philosophy ; Hochschulschrift ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Politische Identität ; Liberalismus ; Kommunitarismus ; Rawls, John 1921-2002 A theory of justice
    Abstract: This book examines the conception of the person at work in John Rawls’s writings from Theory of Justice to Justice as Fairness: A Restatement. The book aims to show that objections to Rawls’s political conception of the person fail and that a Rawlsian conception of political identity is defensible. The book shows that the debate between liberals and communitarians is relevant to the current debate regarding perfectionism and neutrality in politics, and clarifies the debate between Rawls and communitarians in a way that will promote fruitful discussion on the issue of political identity. It does this by providing a clearer account of a conception of personal identity according to which persons are socially constituted, including the intuitions and assumptions underlying the communitarians’ conception of persons as “socially constituted.” It examines the communitarian objections to liberal political theory and to the liberal conception of persons, the “unencumbered self.” The book differentiates between two types of objection to the liberal conception of persons: the metaphysical and normative. It explains Rawls's political conception of persons, and the metaphysical and normative commitments Rawls incurs-and does not incur-in virtue of that conception. It shows that both kind of objection to Rawls's political conception of the person fail. Finally, modifying Rawls’s political conception of the person, a Rawlsian conception of political identity is explained and defended.
    Description / Table of Contents: DedicationAcknowledgments -- Table of Contents -- Chapter 1: Political Identity, Perfectionism and Neutrality -- Chapter 2: Personal Identity and Liberal Political Theory -- Chapter 3: Clarification of the Liberal/Communitarian Debate and Metaphysical Objections to Rawls’s Conception of the Person.- Chapter 4: Taylor’s Conception of Persons and His Theory of Personal Identity.- Chapter 5: Defense of the Original Position.- Chapter 6: Objections to Rawls’s Political Conception of Persons -- Chapter 7: Defense of Rawls’s Political Conception of the Person.- Chapter 8: Rawlsian Political Identity -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    ISBN: 9789400776272
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 239 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Explorations of Educational Purpose 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Politics of anti-racism education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Antirassismus ; Erziehung
    Abstract: This collection of essays invites readers to think through critical questions concerning anti-racism education, such as: How does anti-racism education centre race as an analytic and simultaneously work with multiple sites of oppression, without reifying hierarchies of difference? How can anti-racism education be engaged to speak to historical questions of power and privilege, within conventional schooling practices? How do we recognize anti-racism education in its many iterations? In this book the authors explore the knowledge that constitutes anti-racism education and the ways in which knowledge constitutive of anti-racism education becomes embodied through particular pedagogues. The authors are anti-racism educators with experiences in diverse settings: the chapters cover various fields and socio-historic geographies, address contemporary educational issues, and are situated within personal-political, historical and philosophical conversations. Anti-racism education is a discursive stance and steeped in politics that shape and are shaped by everyday conversations, theories, and practices. The essays in this collection work through many of the possibilities and limitations of engaging in counter-hegemonic education for transformative learning. Readers will discover lived experiences, theory, practice and critical reflexivity
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction to the Politics of Anti-Racism Education: In Search of Strategies for Transformative Learning, George J. Sefa Dei and Mairi McDermottI. Intersectional Analyses: Rethinking Anti-Racism Education, Masculinity and the Politics of Sexuality -- 1. A Prism of Educational Research and Policy: Anti-Racism and Multiplex Oppressions, George J. Sefa Dei -- 2. Homonormativity Inside Out: Reading Race and Sexuality Into an LGBT Film Festival Opening Gala, David Pereira -- 3. Progressive Discipline, Regressive Education: The Systematic Exclusion of Black Youth In and Through Expulsion Programs, Camisha Sibblis -- II. Policy and Curriculum: Questions of Whiteness, Aboriginal Education, Indigeneity -- 4. Moving Towards an Anti-Racism Curriculum, Chrissy Michelle Deckers -- 5. ‘Aboriginal Education’ in Teacher Education Curriculum: Moving Beyond Cultural Inclusion? Susanne Waldorf -- 6. Indigenous Education in Colonizing Space: Reflections on the Law, Education, and Indigenous Rights in Chile, Ximena Martínez Trabucco -- III. Representations: The Media, Discursive Authority and Counter Narratives -- 7. ‘You Make Our Lives Better’: Education and the Detention of Tamil Refugee Children, Gillian Philipupillai -- 8. The Single Story of Somalia and Media Misrepresentations, Hodan Yosuf -- 9. Multiculturalism: The Missing Bodies and Voices, Ayla Raza -- 10. To Speak, Know, Live and Feel ‘Asian’: For an Anti-Racism Approach to the Study of Asians in North America, Kenneth Huynh -- IV. Autoethnography: On Coalition Building, Identity & Belonging, and Decolonization -- 11. Honoring Gaswentah: A Racialized Settler’s Exploration of Responsibility and Mutual Respect as Coalition Building with First Peoples, Min Kuar -- 12. International Schooling and the Colonized Mind, Alexandra Arráiz Matute -- 13. (Re)Turning Home: An Exploration in the (Re)Claiming of Identity and Belonging,Theresa Smith -- 14. Mo(ve)ments of Affect: Towards an Embodied Pedagogy for Anti-Racism Education, Mairi McDermott.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    ISBN: 9789400778535
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 193 p. 21 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. World class initiatives and practices in early education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: This book offers current international initiatives, developed for working with children from “Birth to Eight” by a diverse group of noted professional authors. Their readings present an overview of early education as it evolved from the Froebelian kindergarten to today’s practices in various Early Education settings around the globe. The international voices of the authors represent a balanced perspective of happenings in various nations and lend a conversational approach to each chapter. The chapters analyze the Universal Preschool Education movement promoted by various countries, states, and agencies; examine model curriculum programs in a variety of teaching/learning settings; and identify directions the community can take in promoting effective early education programs. Particular attention is given to key issues and concerns faced by practitioners and families world-wide. Studies reveal successful approaches to bilingual education in a Chilean kindergarten, research findings on gender differences in primary school girls for learning science in Wales, literacy development strategies for teaching in UK multicultural classrooms and childhood centres, the process of integration special education with early childhood practices in China, and exemplars of community outreach to improve the well being of children through advocacy for governmental changes in early education policies and professional development. This book is for everyone interested in the well being of young children moving forward in a global age to meet the challenges of early citizenship in their world
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Antecedents and Present Developments in Universal Preschool Education1. The Evolution of Universal Preschool Education in a Global Age; Louise Boyle Swiniarski -- 2. Climbing the Mountain: The Journey to Quality Pre-Kindergarten in Tennessee; Rebecca Isbell -- 3. Florida’s Voluntary Universal Prekindergarten: A Citizen’s Initiative Taking Baby Steps; Lynn Hartle and Alisa S. Ghazvini -- Part II: Curriculum Initiatives for Early Childhood Programs in a Global Age -- 4. Opening Doors in Northern Chile: The International School of Arica; Michelle Pierce -- 5. Girls in the Primary Science Classrooms of Wales: Theorizing Beyond Dominant Discourses of Gender; Cletus Cervoni -- 6. Let’s Get Talking: Promoting Communication, Language and Literacy for Young Children in Multicultural England; Avril Brock -- 7. China’s Educational Reform and its Impact on Early Childhood Curriculum; Yaoying Xu and Bing Liu -- Part III:  Beyond the Walls of the School and Center -- 8. Rhyme Times Treasure Baskets and Books: How Early Years Libraries Can Help to Deliver the Best Start; Carolynn Rankin -- 9. The Politics of Play in England: An Appeal to Parliament; Pat Broadhead -- 10. Cross-sector Partnerships for Early Education and Care; Mary-Lou Breitborde -- 11. The Science Art and Writing (SAW) Initiative; Jenni Rant -- Afterword.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    ISBN: 9789400738645
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 219 p. 5 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Public Health Ethics Analysis 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Disaster bioethics: normative issues when nothing is normal
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Social sciences ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Katastrophenmedizin ; Ethik
    Abstract: This book provides an early exploration of the new field of disaster bioethics: examining the ethical issues raised by disasters. Healthcare ethics issues are addressed in the first part of this book. Large-scale casualties lead to decisions about who to treat and who to leave behind, cultural challenges, and communication ethics. The second part focuses on disaster research ethics. With the growing awareness of the need for evidence to guide disaster preparedness and response, more research is being conducted in disasters. Any research involving humans raises ethical questions and requires appropriate regulation and oversight. The authors explore how disaster research can take account of survivors? vulnerability, informed consent, the sudden onset of disasters, and other ethical issues. Both parts examine ethical challenges where seeking to do good, harm can be done. Faced with overwhelming needs and scarce resources, no good solution may be apparent. But choosing the less wrong option can have a high price. In addition, what might seem right at home may not be seen to be right elsewhere. This book provides in-depth and practical reflection on these and other challenging ethical questions arising during disasters. Scholars and practitioners who gathered at the Brocher Foundation in Geneva, Switzerland in 2011 offer their reflections to promote further dialogue so that those devastated by disasters are respected by being treated in the most ethically sound ways possible.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Disaster Bioethics: An IntroductionChapter 2 Macro-triage in Disaster Planning -- Chapter 3 Ethics and Emergency Disaster Response. Normative Approaches and Training Needs for Humanitarian Health Care Providers -- Chapter 4 Triage in Disaster Medicine: Ethical Strategies in Various Scenarios            Chapter 5 When Relief Comes from a Different Culture: Sri Lanka’s Experience of the Asian Tsunami References -- Chapter 6 Ethical Issues in Health Communications: Strategies for the (Inevitable) Next Pandemic -- Chapter 7 Evidence and Healthcare needs during Disasters -- Part II -- Chapter 8 Interests Divided: Risks to Disaster Research Subjects vs. Benefits to Future Disaster Victims -- Chapter 9 Purple Dinosaurs and Victim Consent to Research in Disasters -- Chapter 10 Setting Disaster Research Priorities. - Chapter 11 Studying Vulnerable Populations in the Context of Enhanced Vulnerability -- Chapter 12 Research Ethics Governance in Disaster Situations -- Chapter 13 Ethical Concerns in Disaster Research - A South African Perspective -- References -- Appendix I - Code of Conduct for the International Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement and NGOs in Disaster Relief -- Appendix II - WMA Statement on Medical Ethics in the Event of Disasters -- Index .
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400777590
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 433 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Outstanding Contributions to Logic 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. David Makinson on classical methods for non-classical problems
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: The volume analyses and develops David Makinson’s efforts to make classical logic useful outside its most obvious application areas. The book contains chapters that analyse, appraise, or reshape Makinson’s work and chapters that develop themes emerging from his contributions. These are grouped into major areas to which Makinsons has made highly influential contributions and the volume in its entirety is divided into four sections, each devoted to a particular area of logic: belief change, uncertain reasoning, normative systems, and the resources of classical logic. Among the contributions included in the volume, one chapter focuses on the “inferential preferential method”, i.e. the combined use of classical logic and mechanisms of preference and choice and provides examples from Makinson’s work in non-monotonic and defeasible reasoning and belief revision. One chapter offers a short autobiography by Makinson which details his discovery of modern logic, his travels across continents and reveals his intellectual encounters and inspirations. The chapter also contains an unsually explicit statement on his views on the (limited but important) role of logic in philosophy
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceContributors -- Introductory -- Chapter 1. Sven Ove Hansson: Preview -- Chapter 2. Sven Ove Hansson and Peter Gärdenfors: David Makinson and the extension of classical logic -- Chapter 3. David Makinson: A tale of five cities -- I. Logic of Belief Change -- Chapter 4. Hans Rott and Sven Ove Hansson: Safe contraction revisited -- Chapter 5. Pavlos Peppas: A panorama of iterated revision -- Chapter 6. Wolfgang Spohn: AGM, ranking theory and the many ways to cope with examples -- Chapter 7. Edwin Mares: Liars, lotteries and prefaces: two paraconsistent theories of belief revision -- Chapter 8. Rohit Parikh: Epistemic reasoning in life and literature -- II. Uncertain Reasoning -- Chapter 9. James Hawthorne: New Horn rules for probabilistic consequence: Is O+ enough? -- Chapter 10. Karl Schlechta: Non-monotonic logic: preferential vs. algebraic semantics -- Chapter 11. Hykel Hosni: Towards a Bayesian theory of second-order uncertainty: lessons from non-standard logics -- III. Normative Systems -- Chapter 12. Audun Stolpe: Abstract interfaces of input/output logic -- Chapter 13. Xavier Parent, Dov Gabbay and Leendert van der Torre: Intuitionistic basis for input/output logic -- Chapter 14. Jörg Hansen: Reasoning about permission and obligation -- Chapter 15. John Horty: Norm change in the common law -- IV. Classical Resources -- Chapter 16. David Makinson: Intelim rules for classical connectives -- Chapter 17. David Makinson: Relevance logic as a conservative extension of classical logic -- V. Responses -- Chapter 18. David Makinson: Reflections on contributions -- Bibliographical -- David Makinson’s publications -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400778566
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 327 p. 22 illus., 7 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Heteroglossia as practice and pedagogy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Language and languages ; Mehrsprachigkeit ; Sprachwandel ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Mehrsprachigkeit ; Soziolinguistik ; Erziehung
    Abstract: This volume presents evidence about how we understand communication in changing times, and proposes that such understandings may contribute to the development of pedagogy for teaching and learning. It expands current debates on multilingualism, asking which signs are in use and in action, and what are their social, political, and historical implications. The volume’s starting-point is Bakhtin’s ‘heteroglossia’, a key concept in understanding the tensions, conflicts, and multiple voices within, among, and between those signs. The chapters provide illuminating accounts of language practices as they bring into play, both in practice and in pedagogy, voices which index students’ localities, social histories, circumstances, and identities. The book documents the performance of linguistic repertoires in an era of profound social change caused by the shifting nature of nation-states, increased movement of people across territories, and growing digital communication. "Our thinking on language and multilingualism is expanding rapidly. Up until recently we have tended to regard languages as bounded entities, and multilingualism has been understood as knowing more than one language. Working with the concept of heteroglossia, researchers are developing alternative perspectives that treat languages as sets of resources for expressing meaning that can be drawn on by speakers in communicatively productive ways in different contexts. These perspectives raise fundamental questions about the myriad of ways of knowing and using language(s). This collection brings together the contributions of many of the key researchers in the field. It will provide an authoritative reference point for contemporary interpretations of ‘heteroglossia’ and valuable accounts of how ‘translanguaging’ can be explored and exploited in the fields of education and cultural studies." Professor Constant Leung, King’s College London, UK "From rap and hip hop to taxi cabs, and from classrooms to interactive online learning environments, each of the chapters in this volume written by well-known and up-and-coming scholars provide fascinating accounts drawing on a wide diversity of rich descriptive data collected in heteroglossic contexts around the globe. Creese and Blackledge have brought together a compelling collection that builds upon and expands Bakhtin’s construct of heteroglossia. These scholars help to move the field away from the view of languages as separate bou ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword1. Heteroglossia as Practice and Pedagogy -- 2. Building on Heteroglossia and Heterogeneity: The Experience of a Multilingual Classroom -- 3. Heteroglossia, Voicing and Social Categorisation -- 4. Heteroglossia in Action: Sámi Children, Textbooks and rap -- 5. ‘The Lord is my shock absorber’: A socio-historical integrationist approach to mid-20th century literacy practices in Ghana -- 6. Translanguaging in the Multilingual Montreal Hip Hop Community: Everyday Poetics as Counter to the Myths of the Monolingual Classroom -- 7. Hip Hop Heteroglossia as Practice, Pleasure, and Pedagogy: Translanguaging in the Lyrical Poetics of “24 Herbs” in Hong Kong -- 8. Learning a Supervernacular: Textspeak in a South African Township -- 9. The Ambiguous World of Heteroglossic Computer-Mediated Language Learning -- 10. Heteroglossic Practices in the Online Publishing Process: Complexities in Digital and Geographical Borderlands -- 11. Theorizing and Enacting Translanguaging for Social Justice -- 12. Rethinking Bilingual Pedagogy in Alsace: Translingual Writers and Translanguaging -- 13. Focus on Multilingualism as an Approach in Educational Contexts -- 14. Faux Spanish in the New Latino Diaspora -- 15. Dissecting Heteroglossia: Interaction Ritual or Performance in Crossing and Stylisation? -- 16. Marking Communicative Repertoire through Metacommentary.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    ISBN: 9789400779723
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 233 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Dynamic ecologies
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Südostasien ; Sprache
    Abstract: This volume provides a fascinating glimpse into the complex language ecologies of Southeast Asia. Adopting a relational perspective, it considers their significance for the region, its peoples, the policy and practice of language teaching, learning and assessment and the fate of local languages. It gives particular prominence to the relationship between English and Chinese, its likely transformation at a time of significant global change and the impact that these two languages and their synergy will have on the place of other languages and dialects. Dynamic Ecologies: A Relational Perspective on Languages Education in the Asia-Pacific Region draws on the research and insights of key scholars in the field and provides case studies that illustrate the impact of relevant language policy in countries including Singapore, Malaysia, Hong Kong, South Korea and Australia
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I The Changing Dynamics Between English Language and Mother Tongues in Asian Contexts1. Introduction: A Relational View of Language Learning -- 2. English as a Medium of Instruction in East and Southeast Asian Universities -- 3. Plurilithic and Ecological Perspectives on English: Some Conceptual and Practical Implications -- 4. Global English in Singapore? A Re-exploration of the Localization of English -- 5. Asia and Anglosphere: Public Symbolism and Language Policy in Australia -- 6. English as Lingua Franca on Campus: Cultural Integration or Segregation? -- 7. Socioeconomic Disparities and Early English Education: A Case in Changzhou, China -- 8. English in Malaysia: An Inheritance from the Past and the Challenge for the Future -- Part II Asian Languages in Australia: The Challenges of Teaching, Learning and Assessment -- 9. Recognising the Diversity of Learner Achievements in Learning Asian Languages in School Education Settings -- 10. Dealing with ‘Chinese fever’: The Challenge of Chinese Teaching in the Australian Classroom -- 11. The Teaching and Learning of Indonesian in Australia: Issues and Prospects -- 12. On Rocky Ground: Monolingual Educational Structures and Japanese Language Education in Australia -- 13. Making Chinese Learnable for Beginning Second Language Learners? -- Part III Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- 14. Tensions in the Linguistic Space -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    ISBN: 9789048192465
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 330 p. 29 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Trends and Issues in Science Education 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Conceptual profiles: a theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts /Eduardo F. Mortimer; Charbel N. El-Hani Eds.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: The language of science has many words and phrases whose meaning either changes in differing contexts or alters to reflect developments in a given discipline. This book presents the authors’ theories on using ‘conceptual profiles’ to make the teaching of context-dependent meanings more effective. Developed over two decades, their theory begins with a recognition of the coexistence in the students’ discourse of those alternative meanings, even in the case of scientific concepts such as molecule, where the dissonance between the classical and modern views of the same phenomenon is an accepted norm. What began as an alternative model of conceptual change has evolved to incorporate a sociocultural approach, by drawing on ideas such as situated cognition and Vygotsky’s influential concept of culturally located learning. Also informed by pragmatist philosophy, the approach has grown into a well-rounded theory of teaching and learning scientific concepts. The authors have taken the opportunity in this book to develop their ideas further, anticipate and respond to criticisms-that of relativism, for example-and explain how their theory can be applied to analyze the teaching of core concepts in science such as heat and temperature, life and biological adaptation. They also report on the implementation of a research program that correlates the responsiveness of their methodology to all the main developments in the field of science education. This additional material will inform academic discussion, review, and further enhancement of their theory and research model
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTIONSECTION 1 The conceptual profile: theoretical, epistemological and methodological bases of a research program -- CHAPTER 1 Conceptual Profiles: Theoretical-Methodological Bases of a Research Program -- CHAPTER 2 The Epistemological Grounds of the Conceptual Profile Theory -- CHAPTER 3 Methodological grounds of the conceptual profile research program -- SECTION 2 Empirical studies for building and using conceptual profile models for chemical, physical and biological onto concepts -- CHAPTER 4 Contributions of the sociocultural domain to define a conceptual profile for molecule and molecular structure -- CHAPTER 5 Building a Profile for the Biological Concept of Life -- CHAPTER 6 Investigating the Evolution of Conceptual Profiles of Life amongst University Students of Biology and Pharmacy: The Use Statistical Tools to Analyze the Answers of Questionnaires -- CHAPTER 7 Conceptual profile of adaptation: a tool to investigate evolution learning in biology classrooms -- CHAPTER 8 A conceptual profile of entropy and spontaneity: characterizing modes of thinking and ways of speaking in the classroom -- CHAPTER 9 The Implications of Conceptual Profile in the Teaching of Science: an example from a teaching sequence in thermal physics -- SECTION 3 Recent developments in the research program -- CHAPTER 10 Conceptual Profile as a Model of a Complex World -- CHAPTER 11 Building a profile model for the concept of Death.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    ISBN: 9789400768307
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 410 p. 42 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and research in contemporary higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Research institutes ; Universities and colleges ; Professional staff ; Academic freedom ; Learning and scholarship ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Forschung ; Online-Ressource
    Abstract: This book discusses how teaching and research have been weighted differently in academia in 18 countries and one region, Hong Kong SAR, based on an international comparative study entitled the Changing Academic Profession (CAP). It addresses these issues using empirical evidence, the CAP data. Specifically, the focus is on how teaching and research are defined in each higher education system, how teaching and research are preferred and conducted by academics, and how academics are rewarded by their institution. Since the establishment of Berlin University in 1810, there has been controversy on teaching and research as the primary functions of universities and academics. The controversy increased when Johns Hopkins University was established in 1876 with only graduate programs, and more recently with the release of the Carnegie Foundation report Scholarship Reconsidered by Ernest L. Boyer in 1990. Since the publication of Scholarship Reconsidered in 1990, higher education scholars and policymakers began to pay attention to the details of teaching and research activities, a kind of ‘black box’ because only individual academics know how they conduct teaching and research in their own contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Notes on Editors; Notes on Contributors; Chapter 1: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; 1.1 International Differences in the Teaching-Research Balance; 1.2 The Knowledge Explosion and the Diversification of Organizational Models; 1.2.1 The Global Stratification of Academic Systems; 1.2.2 Expansion and Diversification of Purpose; 1.3 The Inevitable Tensions Between Academic and Organizational Priorities; 1.3.1 Patterns of System Coordination; 1.3.2 The Emergence of Organizations to Protect the Academic Profession; 1.4 Organization of the Book
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesPart I: Theoretical Basis; Chapter 2: The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The Necessity of the Teaching and Research Nexus; 2.2.1 Effects of the Knowledge Society; 2.2.2 Logic of Academic Discipline; 2.2.3 Mechanism of Academic Work and the Teaching and Learning Nexus; 2.3 R-T-S Nexus in the Age of Third Wave; 2.3.1 Problems of Third Wave Age; 2.3.2 Logic of R-T-S Nexus as a Mission of the Academic Profession; 2.4 Conflicts Between Ideal and Reality: Carnegie and CAP Surveys; 2.4.1 1992 Survey; 2.4.2 2007 Survey; 2.4.3 Research Orientation
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Perspective of the Twenty-First Century: Integration Is an Inevitable Problem to Be Dealt With2.5.1 Uncertainty as well as an Unpredictable Future; 2.5.2 Characteristics of the Academic Organization and the Mission of Academic Profession; 2.5.3 Division of Labor Between University and Nonuniversity Institutions; 2.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Historical Overview of Academic Research; 3.3 Perceptions of Research; 3.4 Massification and Diversification; 3.4.1 Vertical Differentiation of Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4.2 "Horizontal" Differentiation of Academic Fields3.5 Diversity of Disciplinary Research Styles; 3.6 Funding of Research; 3.7 STEM Research Outputs; 3.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 4: Teaching and Curriculum Development Across Countries; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Research Framework and Method; 4.2.1 A Conceptual Framework; 4.2.2 Method; 4.2.3 Limitation; 4.3 Results; 4.4 Discussion; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Research Focused Systems; Chapter 5: Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; 5.1 The Functions of Academics: Varying by Institutional Types
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 The Analysis Envisaged5.3 Higher Education in Germany: Traditions and Recent Changes; 5.4 The Balance of Teaching and Research: Preferences and Actual Work Time; 5.5 Select Aspects of Teaching; 5.6 Select Aspects of Research; 5.7 Links Between Teaching and Research; 5.8 Interindividual Comparison: Impact of Teaching and Research Approaches; 5.9 Concluding Observations; References; Chapter 6: Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 The Historical Development of Italian University
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Reshaping the Academic Profession: The University Reform of 1980
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Teaching and Research in Contemporary Higher Education: An Overview; Cummings and ShinPART I. Theoretical Basis -- 2. The Teaching and Research Nexus in the Third Wave Age; Arimoto -- 3. The Research Role in Comparative Perspective; Cummings -- 4. Teaching and Curriculum Development across Countries; Huang -- PART II. Research Focused Systems -- 5. Teaching and Research in Germany: The Notions of University Professors; Teichler -- 6. Teaching and Research at Italian Universities: Continuities and Changes; Rostan -- 7. The Changing Balance of Teaching and Research in the Dutch Binary Higher Education System; De Weert and Van der Kaap -- 8. The Scholarly Question in Finland: to Teach or not to Teach; Aarrevaara, Dobson and Postareff -- 9. Teaching and Research: perspectives from Portugal; Santiago, Sousa, Carvalho, Marchado-Taylor and Dias -- 10. Teaching and Research of Korean Academics across Career Stages; Shin, Jung and Kim -- PART III. Teaching Focused Systems -- 11. The Divergent Worlds of Teaching and Research among Mexican Faculty: Tendencies and Implications; Galaz-Fontes, Martinez-Stack, Estevez-Nenninger, Padilla-Gonzalez, Gil-Anton, Sevilla-Garcia and Arcos-Vega -- 12. Research and Teaching in a Diverse Institutional Environment: Converging Values and Diverging Practices in Brazil; Schwartzman and Balbachevsky -- 13. Current Challenges Facing the Academic Profession in Argentina: Tensions between Teaching and Research; Leal and Marquina -- 14. Teaching and Research in Malaysian Public Universities: Synergistic or Antagonistic?; Azman, Pang, Sirat and Yunus -- 15. From Teachers to Perfect Humboldtian Persons to Academic Superpersons: The Teaching and Research Activities of the South African Academic Profession; Wolhuter -- PART IV. Teaching and Research Balanced Systems -- 16. The Balance between Teaching and Research in the Work Life of American Academics; Finkelstein -- 17. Teaching and Research in English Higher Education: The Fragmentation, Diversification and Reorganization of Academic Work, 1992-2007; Locke -- 18. Teaching, Research and the Canadian Professoriate; Jones, Gopaul, Weinrib, Metcalfe, Fisher, Gingras and Rubenson -- 19. Australian Academics, Teaching and Research: History, Vexed issues and Potential Changes; Bentley, Goedegebuure and Meek -- Concluding Observations -- 20. Teaching and Research across Higher Education Systems: A Typology and Implications; Shin and Cummings -- 21. Teaching and Research: A Vulnerable Linkage?; Teichler and Arimoto.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773110
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 191 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy
    Abstract: Contributions to this volume from diverse perspectives explore pedagogical practices of the contemporary world, namely the school. Themes of autonomy, authority and liberalism are surfaced in the debates and highly innovative insights presented in this book where philosophical perspectives shed light on the theoretical underpinnings of formal education and schooling. How we interpret the self, humanity and the world connects to perspectives on compulsory education. General theoretical issues surrounding compulsory education are often tested through more concrete aspects of schooling, some of which have a specific origin in, or particular bearing on, the current socio-political conditions of schooling. For this reason, this book is sensitive to context and to empirical and concrete dimensions of the educational venture, and takes into account current concerns about neo-liberal policies and their effects on schooling. As a philosophical-educational intervention in the topic of compulsory education, these chapters draw connections between older philosophical debates on compulsoriness and new developments and emphases in schooling.
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsEditor’s Introduction -- Part One: The General, Theoretical Challenges -- Chapter One: Volker Kraft, ‘Constants of Education’ -- Chapter Two: Robin Barrow, ‘Compulsory Common Schooling and Individual Difference’ -- Chapter Three: Geoffrey Hinchliffe, ‘Education, Liberty and Authority: justifying compulsory education’ -- Chapter Four: Kevin Williams, ‘Compulsion and Education as a Conversation: Are they compatible?’ -- Chapter Five: Naoko Saito, ‘Compulsion without Coercion: liberal education through uncommon schooling’ -- Chapter Six: Anders Schinkel, ‘On the justification of compulsory schooling’ -- Part Two: The Many Faces of Challenges Confronting the Compulsory -- Chapter Seven: David Blacker, ‘Compulsory Education Cycles Down’ -- Chapter Eight: Roni Aviram, ‘Is there hope for modern education systems in postmodern democracies?’ -- Chapter Nine: Kevin Williams, ‘Conscripts or volunteers?  The status of learners in faith schools’ -- Chapter Ten: Helen Lees, ‘Is the idea of compulsory schooling ridiculous?’ -- Chapter Eleven: Andrew Davis, ‘Homework: chronicles of wasted time?’ -- Chapter Twelve: Amrita Zahir, ‘Understanding Transformation’ -- Coda: Paul Gibbs, ‘Happiness and Education: Recognizing a fundamental attunement’.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400769465
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 304 p. 69 illus., 60 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovations in Science Education and Technology 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Geoscience Research and Education
    Keywords: Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Geography ; Science Study and teaching ; Education, Higher ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode ; Universität ; Geowissenschaften ; Forschung ; Lehre ; Entwicklung ; Methode
    Abstract: Focusing on geoscience, this book applies a uniquely cross-disciplinary perspective to its examination of the relationship between scientific research and teaching at universities. Contributions show how the use of technology and innovative pedagogical design allows students at different stages of their university studies to develop skills and experience in geoscience research. The book offers wide-ranging insight from academics in geoscience, science education and higher education policy and pedagogy, as well as from students and industry experts. The opening section sets the context, with a chapter on teaching and research in the contemporary university by a world-leading academic in higher education, and an essay by the editor on the case of moving from research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching. Part Two addresses the research-teaching nexus in geoscience, offering chapters entitled The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist’s Perspective; Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; and Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry, among others. In Part Three, the use of technology is discussed in chapters such as Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning; and Towards Technology- and Research-enhanced Education (TREE): Electronic Feedback as a Teaching Tool in Geoscience. The Program Design section includes chapters on Introducing University Students to Authentic, Hands-on Undergraduate Geoscience Research, and the opportunity to link research and teaching in students’ final projects and more. Geoscience Research and Education: Teaching at Universities is a useful resource for understanding the research-teaching nexus and how it has been implemented in different types of universities and in different countries. Science academics seeking to integrate research into teaching will find the book highly relevant to their work. The emphasis on using technology as a means to link research and teaching will be of great interest and practical benefit to learning technologists, science educators and university policymakers. Together with the companion volume Geoscience Research and Outreach: Schools and Public Engagement, this book showcases the key role that geoscience research plays in a wide spectrum of educational settings
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Part I: Introduction : The Context; From Research-Implicit to Research-Enhanced Teaching: A Geoscience Perspective; Teaching and Research in the Contemporary University; 1 Antecedents; 2 The Global Research University; 3 Teaching and Research in the Era of the GRU; References; Part II: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Perspectives; The Challenge of Combining Research and Teaching: A Young Geoscientist's Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Teaching as a Young Scientist; 2.1 Incentive to Teach; 2.2 Opportunities; 2.3 Training
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Link Between Teaching and Research3.1 Benefits for Students; 3.2 Case Study: A Research-Based Practical for Students; 3.3 Benefits for the Scientist; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; Incorporating Research into Teaching Geosciences: The Masters Student Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Experience of Research Articles Incorporated into Learning; 3 Experiences of Field Research Incorporated into Learning; 4 Positive Learning Outcomes of the Course; 4.1 How to Interact with Different Members of a Research Community
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 How to Organize and Mobilize as a Team to Produce an Experiment4.3 Learning the Steps Involved in Organizing a Research Plan; 4.4 How to Use Field Equipment and Data Correction Software, e.g., Ground-Penetrating Radar (GPR), RadExplorer Software, Soil Probes, and Anemometers; 4.5 How to Design and Construct Experiments Based on the Principles of Sand Entrainment and Sand-Transport Velocity Profiles; 4.6 How the Research-Teaching Nexus Can Exist as a Model for Courses I Might Create or Teach; 4.7 How to Construct an Outline for a Research Article
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 How to Submit Pieces of Research According to a Deadline Schedule4.9 Building Confidence as a Geoscientist; 5 Experiences of Geosciences Courses with No Research Incorporated; 6 The Research-Teaching Nexus : Challenges; 7 Recommendations for Good Practice; 7.1 Courses That Offer Optional, Incentivized, Research-Focused Fieldwork; 8 Recommendations for Integrating Research Articles into Teaching; 9 Conclusions; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels1 Introduction; 2 Bringing the Ocean to the Classroom; 3 Bringing the Classroom to the Ocean; Overview; Status Quo and/or Trends; Challenges to Overcome; Recommendations for Good Practices; References; Part III: Research -Teaching Nexus in Geoscience: Promoting Research-Enhanced Teaching; Curricula and Departmental Strategies to Link Teaching and Geoscience Research; 1 Introduction; 2 The Research Evidence Summarised; 3 A Framework for Curriculum Design and Teaching and Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Curricula Strategies for Effective Teaching- Research Links
    Description / Table of Contents: PART I: INTRODUCTION1. The context -- From research-implicit to research-enhanced teaching: A geoscience perspective, Vincent C. H. Tong -- Teaching and research in the contemporary university, Simon Marginson -- PART II: RESEARCH-TEACHING NEXUS IN GEOSCIENCE -- 2. Perspectives -- The challenge of combining research and teaching: A young geoscientist’s perspective, Laura J. Cobden -- Incorporating research into teaching geosciences: the Masters student’s perspective, Barbara McNutt -- Teaching on the High Seas: How Field Research Enhances Teaching at All Levels, Ken C. Macdonald -- 3. Promoting research-enhanced teaching -- Curricula and departmental strategies to link teaching and geoscience research, Alan Jenkins -- The Role of scholarly publication in geocognition and discipline-based geoscience education research, Julie Libarkin -- Geologic Displays as Science and Art, Marjorie A. Chan -- Teaching Geoscience Research to Adult Undergraduates and Distance Learners, Hilary Downes -- Geoscience Internships in the Oil and Gas Industry: A Winning Proposition for both Students and Employers, Rolf V. Ackermann and Lucy MacGregor -- PART III: PEDAGOGICAL EXAMPLES -- 4. Use of technology -- Integration of Enquiry Fossil Research Approaches and Students’ Local Environments within Online Geoscience Classrooms, Renee M. Clary and James H. Wandersee -- Embedding Research Practice Activities into Earth and Planetary Sciences Courses Through the Use of Remotely Operable Analytical Instrumentation, Jeffrey G. Ryan -- Using Interactive Virtual Field Guides and Linked Data in Geoscience Teaching and Learning, Tim Stott, Kate Litherland, Patrick Carmichael and Anne-Marie Nuttall -- GEOverse - An undergraduate research journal:  Research Dissemination within and beyond the Curriculum, Helen Walkington -- Towards technology- and research-enhanced education (TREE): Electronic feedback as a teaching tool in geoscience, Vincent C. H. Tong -- 5. Programme design -- Introducing university students to authentic, hands-on undergraduate geoscience research in entry-level coursework, Laura Guertin -- Engaging first-year students in team-oriented research: The Terrascope learning community, S. A. Bowring, A. W. Epstein and C. F. Harvey -- Students’ final projects: an opportunity to link research and teaching, Dolores Pereira and Luis Neves -- Teaching Environmental Sciences in an International and Interdisciplinary Framework: from Arid to Alpine Ecosystems in NE Spain, D. Badía, N. Bayfield, A. Cernusca, F. Fillat and D. Gómez -- The Role of concept inventories in course assessment, Julie Libarkin, Sarah E. Jardeleza and Teresa L. McElhinny.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    ISBN: 9789400743571
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 324 p. 49 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Closing the achievement gap from an international perspective
    Keywords: Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Mathematics ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: In a changing world that demands new skills, a vital concern of public education is the gap in academic performance between low- and high-achieving students. There is no excuse for the achievement gaps that persist among poor and minority students in schools today. All students can succeed at high levels, regardless of race, ethnicity and economic background. Several countries have successfully confronted inequities in achievement, demonstrating that any school can close achievement gaps regardless of the community they serve, and that all students can achieve at high levels when they are provided with the right opportunities. This book is about understanding what factors selected countries have applied to promote progress and what factors contribute to progress in the closing of achievement gaps. It is about creating opportunities for all students. Closing the Achievement Gap from an International Perspective: Transforming STEM for Effective Education is written in response to rising concern for the improvement of quality education - especially in mathematics and science - provided to all students. The contributors take a systematic view of the subject, beginning with a cross-national analysis of teacher qualifications and the achievement gap that spans 50 countries. The content of the book is organized in sections describing education around the globe: North and South America, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. Individual chapters offer close-up analysis of efforts to close achievement gaps in the U.S. and Canada, Mexico, England, Turkey, China, South Africa and Australia among many others. The contributors provide information on the achievement gap in mathematics and science, review current research, and present strategies for fostering improvement and raising performance with a focus on school-related variables that adversely affect educational outcomes among poor and minority students. The authors of the various chapters looked at how students’ data correlated with classroom practices, teacher instruction and academic programming, as part of their efforts to measure student growth. Qualitative and quantitative data are provided to provide evidence not only of the problem, but also for the solution. The book concludes with a chapter on promoting equality and equity to shrink the achievement gap worldwide
    Description / Table of Contents: PREFACE, Edmund W. GordonIntroduction, Julia V. Clark -- Closing the Achievement Gap: A Systemic View, Linda Darling Hammond -- Teacher Qualification and Achievement Gap: A Cross-National Analysis of 50 Countries, Motoko Akiba and Guodong Lang -- SECTION TWO: NORTH AMERICA -- Addressing the Achievement Gap in the United States, Julia V. Clark -- Closing the Science, Mathematics, and Reading Gaps from a Canadian Perspective, Larry D.Yore, Leslee Francis Pelton, Brian W. Neill, Tim W. Pelton, John Anderson, and Todd M. Milford -- Achievement Gap in Mexico-Present Situation and Outlook, Armando Sanchez Martinez -- SECTION THREE: SOUTH AMERICA -- Racial Achievement Gaps in Another America: Discussing Schooling, Outcomes and Affirmative Action in Brazil, Marcos A. Rangel and Ricardo A. Madeiria -- SECTION IV:  EUROPE -- Narrowing the Achievement Gap:  Policy and Practice in England 1997-2010 -- Geoff Whitty and Jake Anders -- The Achievement Gap in Science and Mathematics: A Turkish Perspective, Mustafa Sami Topcu -- SECTION FIVE: ASIA -- Achievement Gap in China, Gaoming Zhang and Yong Zhao -- Employing a Socio-historical Perspective for Understanding the Impact of Ideology and Policy in Educational Achievement in the Republic of Korea, Sonya N. Martin, Seung-Urn Choe, Chan-Jong Kim, Youngsun Kwak -- Closing the Achievement Gap in Singapore, Jason TAN -- SECTION SIX: AFRICA -- Equity Deferred: South African Schooling Two Decades into Democracy, Nick Taylor and Johan Muller -- SECTION SEVEN: AUSTRALIA -- Securing STEM Pathways for Australian high school students from lower SES localities, Debra Panizzon -- The Road to Excellence: Promoting Equality and Equity to Close the Achievement Gap Worldwide, Julia V. Clark.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771581
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 205 p. 25 illus., 11 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Lexical availability in English and Spanish as a second language
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Spanisch ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Wortschatz ; Englisch ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Wortschatz
    Abstract: This volume contributes to the research in two different research areas: lexical availability studies and vocabulary research in second or foreign languages. Lexical availability is defined as the words that immediately come to mind as a response to a stimulus provided by topics related to domains closely connected to daily life: for instance animals, food and drink, daily activities, politics, or poverty. Lexical availability is a dimension of learners’ receptive and productive lexical competence, and, consequently, an important variable of learners’ communicative competence. Written by leading researchers in Spanish and English applied linguistics, the studies presented in this volume offer the reader findings and insights from studies conducted in learners with different mother tongues, who learn English or Spanish as their second or third language. “This book made me aware of an approach to vocabulary acquisition which has a long tradition in European research, but has been somewhat neglected by English-speaking researchers. The methodology was pioneered in France where it developed into the Francais Fondamental project - an influential approach to the vocabulary needs of learners of French. It was also taken up by Spanish researchers, and more recently developed by the team at La Rioja University. Where English-language research has focused on the frequency of words in large corpora and the implications of this feature for L2 vocabulary acquisition, the lexical availability tradition takes a much more learner-centred approach to L2 vocabulary skills, directly reflecting learners' needs and learners' ability to do things with small, effective vocabularies. This leads to a set of research priorities that look refreshingly different from the ones we are used to. Read this book. It might change the way you think about vocabulary research.” Paul Meara, Swansea University, Wales, UK
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface 1. Lexical Availability Studies -- Part I . 2. Lexical Availability of Basic and Advanced Semantic Categories in English L1 and English L2 -- 3. The Effect of Age on EFL Learners’ Lexical Availability: Word Responses to the Cue Words ‘Town’ and ‘Countryside’ -- 4. The Incidence of Previous Foreign Language Contact in a Lexical Availability Task. A Study of Senior Learners -- 5. Lexical Variation in Learners’ Responses to Cue Words: The Effect of Gender -- 6. Frequency Profiles of EFL Learners’ Lexical Availability -- Part II . 7. The Relationship of Language Proficiency to the Lexical Availability of Learners of Spanish -- 8. Slovene Students’ Lexical Availability in English and Spanish -- 9. The Effect of Instruction on Polish Spanish Learners’ Lexical Availability -- 10. Cognitive Factors of Lexical Availability in a Second Language -- Conclusion -- 11. Researching Lexical Availability in L2: some Methodological Issues.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    ISBN: 9789400776395
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 219 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Professional Learning and Development in Schools and Higher Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Peer review of learning and teaching in higher education
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Evaluation ; Peer Review
    Abstract: Incorporating both theoretical and practical perspectives, this volume of papers explores varied aspects of peer review of teaching in higher education. The section on theory features contributions from academics based in Europe, North America and Australia. It provides a number of models demonstrating ways in which collegial peer commentary can enhance the quality of learning and teaching. The chapters examine in detail the importance of communication and leadership, and deploy evidence from one-on-one interviews that evince the value of considering collegiality, emotions, attitudes, and spaces in peer review. The analysis shows how these factors are central to the ways in which lecturers and teachers communicate with each other to create constructive opportunities for learning. The chapters on practical considerations detail the peer review process and include case studies from institutions in Africa, Europe, North America and Australia, which focus on different areas of the topic, including peer review as a quality assurance mechanism, peer review in distance education, peer review in foundation courses, and peer review embedded within a department and across a university. The book ends with an international perspective on the role of peer review in ensuring a holistic approach to quality enhancement in learning and teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Place of Peer Review in Learning and TeachingPART 1: Theory -- 2. Collaborative Peer-Supported Review of Teaching -- 3. A Practical Model for Conducting Helpful Peer Review of Teaching -- 4. Leadership: A Cultural Perspective on Review as Quality Assurance versus Quality Enhancement -- 5. Climates of Communication: Collegiality, Affect, Spaces and Attitudes in Peer Review -- 6. Six Questions -- PART 2: Practice -- 7. Peer Review as Quality Assurance -- 8. Peer Review for Distance Educators: Two Case Studies -- 9. Peer Review in a Foundations in Learning and Teaching Program -- 10. Peer Review of Teaching at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln -- 11. Implementing Departmental Peer Observation of Teaching in Universities -- PART 3: Conclusion -- 12. Was Moses peer reviewed? The Ten Commandments of Peer Observation of Teaching -- 13. International Perspectives on Peer Review as Quality Enhancement.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400777149
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 90 p. 16 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Englander, Karen Writing and Publishing Science Research Papers in English
    RVK:
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Berufliche Qualifikation ; Lerntechnik ; Unterrichtsmethode ; Lehrbuch ; Fachliteratur ; Forschung
    Abstract: This book provides a comprehensive review of the current knowledge on writing and publishing scientific research papers and the social contexts. It deals with both English and non-Anglophone science writers, and presents a global perspective and an international focus. The book collects and synthesizes research from a range of disciplines, including applied linguistics, the sociology of science, sociolinguistics, bibliometrics, composition studies, and science education. This multidisciplinary approach helps the reader gain a solid understanding of the subject. Divided into three parts, the book considers the context of scientific papers, the text itself, and the people involved. It explains how the typical sections of scientific papers are structured. Standard English scientific writing style is also compared with science papers written in other languages. The book discusses the strengths and challenges faced by people with different degrees of science writing expertise and the role of journal editors and reviewers
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 IntroductionPart I The Context. 2 The Rise of English as the Language of Science -- 3 Measuring the Impact of Articles, Journals and Nations -- 4 English Competence, Funds for Research, and Publishing Success -- 5 Collaborations, Teams and Networks -- Part II The Text -- 6 The Scientific Research Article and the Creation of Science -- 7 Varieties of Science Texts -- 8 Structure of the Research Article in the Creation of Knowledge -- 9 Writing the Five Principal Sections: Abstract, Introduction, Methods, Results and Discussion -- 10 Variations in Different Languages and Cultures -- Part III The People -- 11 Graduate Students Becoming Scientists -- 12 Novice Scientists and Expert Scientists -- 13 English-Speaking Scientists and Multilingual Scientists -- 14 Gatekeepers, Guardians and Allies -- 15 Afterword: Negotiating Research Article Writing and Publication.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    ISBN: 9789400772816
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 601 p. 102 illus., 57 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Contributions from Science Education Research 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Topics and trends in current science education
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book features 35 of the best papers from the 9th European Science Education Research Association Conference, ESERA 2011, held in Lyon, France, September 5th-9th 2011. The ESERA international conference featured some 1,200 participants from Africa, Asia, Australia, and Europe as well as North and South America offering insight into the field at the end of the first decade of the 21st century. This book presents studies that represent the current orientations of research in science education and includes studies in different educational traditions from around the world. It is organized into six parts around the three poles of science education (content, students, teachers) and their interrelations: after a general presentation of the volume (first part), the second part concerns SSI (Socio- Scientific Issues) dealing with new types of content, the third the teachers, the fourth the students, the fifth the relationships between teaching and learning, and the sixth the teaching resources and the curricula
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Part I: Overview of the Book; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSIs) and the Nature of Science (NOS); 2 Teachers' Practices and Teachers' Professional Development; 3 The Students: Multiple Perspectives; 4 Relationship Between Teaching and Learning; 5 Part VI Teaching Resources, Curriculum; Part II: Socio-scientific Issues; Chapter 2: The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences; References; Chapter 3: Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-­scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Postmodern Society; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Socially Acute Questions and Socio-scientific Issues2.1 Definition of Socially Acute Questions; 2.2 The Underpinning Links of Socially Acute Questions; 2.3 The Socio-epistemological Approach; 2.4 The Psychosocial Approach; 3 Curriculum Orientations: To 'Cool Down' or to 'Heat Up' the Questions; 3.1 Diversity of Educational Stakes and Pedagogies; 3.2 Epistemological Stances; 3.3 Didactic Strategies; 4 Challenges for Future Post-normal Education; References; Chapter 4: Teachers' Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development Towards Socio-­scientific Issues; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Rationale: Teachers' Commitments to SSI Activities3 Methodology; 3.1 Documenting Teachers' Contribution to a Citizenship Education and SSI Classroom Discussions and Activism; 3.2 An Action-Research Project Based on IBST as the Way and as the Goal to Deal with the Complexity of SSIs; 4 Results; 4.1 Teachers' Contribution to Citizenship Education; 4.2 Factors Influencing Implementation of Classroom Discussions About SSIs; 4.3 Complex Student Teachers' Research and Activism Choices; 4.4 Several Types of IBST and Possibilities for SSI Teaching
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Inquiry-Based Teaching to Handle Complex Environmental Issues4.5.1 The First Cycle; 4.5.2 The Second Cycle; 5 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 5: Which Perspectives Are Referred in Students' Arguments About a Socio-scientific Issue? The Case of Bears' Reintroduction in the Pyrenees; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Background and Rationale; 1.1.1 Socio-scientific Issues (SSI) in Science Education; 1.1.2 Making Decisions on an SSI; 1.2 Objective of the Research; 2 Methodology; 2.1 Data Collection; 2.1.1 Research Population; 2.1.2 SSI Classroom Activity Design
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1.3 The SSI Classroom Activity Designed2.2 Data Analysis; 3 Results and Discussion; 4 Conclusions and Implications; References; Chapter 6: Learning About the Role and Function of Science in Public Debate as an Essential Component of Scientific Literacy; 1 Introduction; 2 Suitable Topics for Learning About Science-Based Communications in Societal Debate; 3 Understanding the Individual's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates; 4 Modeling the Society's Use of Scientific Information in Societal Debates
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Pedagogies to Learn About Individual's and Society's Handling of Scientific Information
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Overview of the bookOverview of the book,    Catherine Bruguière, Andrée Tiberghien, Pierre Clément -- Part 2: Socio-Scientific Issues -- The Need for a Public Understanding of Sciences, Isabelle Stengers -- Questions Socialement Vives and Socio-Scientific Issues: New Trends of Research to Meet the Training Needs of Post-Modern Society, Laurence Simonneaux -- Teachers’ Beliefs, Classroom Practices and Professional Development towards Socio-Scientific Issues, Virginie Albe, Catherine Barrué, Larry Bencze, Anne Kristine Byhring, Lyn Carter, Marcus Grace, Erik Knain, Dankert Kolstø, Pedro Reis and Erin Sperling -- Which perspectives are referred in students’ arguments about a Socio-scientific Issue? The case of Bears’ reintroduction in the Pyrenees, Ana Mª Domènech and Conxita Márquez -- Learning about the role and function of science in public debate as an essential component of scientific literacy, Ingo Eilks, Jan A. Nielsen, Avi Hofstein -- Exploring Secondary Students’ Arguments in the Context of Socio-scientific Issues, Dr. Fatih Çağlayan Mercan, Dr. Buket Yakmacı-Güzel, and Dr. Füsun Akarsu -- Teachers’ Beliefs on Science-Technology-Society (STS) and Nature of Science (NOS): Strengths, Weaknesses, and Teaching Practice, Ángel Vázquez-Alonso; María-Antonia Manassero-Mas; Antonio García-Carmona and Antoni Bennàssar-Roig -- Part 3: Teachers’ Practices and Teachers Professional Development -- Professional Learning of Science Teachers, Jan H. Van Driel --  Nanoeducation: Zooming into Teacher Professional Development Programs in Nanoscience and Technology, Ron Blonder, Ilka Parchmann, Sevil Akaygun, and Virginie Albe -- Education for Sustainable Development: An International Survey on Teachers’ Conceptions, Pierre Clément and Silvia Caravita -- Learning to Teach Science as Inquiry: Developing an Evidence-based Framework for Effective Teacher Professional Development, Barbara A. Crawford, Daniel K. Capps, Jan van Driel, Norman Lederman, Judith Lederman, Julie Luft, Sissy Wong, Aik Ling Tan , Shirley Lim, John Loughran, Kathy Smith -- Weaving Relationships in a Teaching Sequence Using ICT: A Case Study in Optics at Lower Secondary School, Suzane El Hage, Christian Buty -- Inquiry based mathematics and science education across Europe: A synopsis of various approaches and their potentials, Katrin Engeln, Silke Mikelskis-Seifert, Manfred Euler -- Measuring Chemistry Teachers’ Content Knowledge - Is it correlated to Pedagogical Content Knowledge? Oliver Tepner and Sabrina Dollny -- PART 4: The students - Multiple Perspectives -- Boys in Physics Lessons: Focus on Masculinity in an Analysis of Learning Opportunities, Josimeire M. Julio, Arnaldo M. Vaz -- Which Effective Competencies Do Students Use in PISA Assessment of Scientific Literacy? Florence Le Hebel, Pascale Montpied, Andrée Tiberghien -- Development of Understanding in Chemistry, Hannah Sevian, Vicente Talanquer, Astrid M. W. Bulte, Angelica Stacy, Jennifer Claesgens -- Learning Affordances: Understanding Visitors’ Learning in Science Museum Environment, Hyeonjeong Shin, Eun Ji Park, Chan-Jong Kim -- Modelling and Assessing Experimental Competencies in Physics, Heike Theyßen, Horst Schecker, Christoph Gut, Martin Hopf, Jochen Kuhn, Peter Labudde, Andreas Müller, Nico Schreiber, Patrik Vogt -- Understanding Students’ Conceptions of Electromagnetic Induction: A Semiotic Analysis, Jennifer Yeo -- Part 5 Relationships between Teaching and Learning -- Analysing Classroom Activities: Theoretical and Methodological Considerations, Gregory J. Kelly -- The Impact of a Context-led Curriculum on Different Students’ Experiences of School Science, Indira Banner & Jim Ryder -- Students’ Experienced Coherence between Chemistry and Biology in Context-Based Secondary Science Education, Hilde J. Boer, Gjalt T. Prins, Martin J. Goedhart and Kerst Th. Boersma -- The Relationship between Teaching and Learning of Chemical Bonding and Structures, Ray Lee, Maurice M. W. Cheng -- Blending Physical and Virtual Manipulatives in Physics Laboratory Experimentation, Georgios Olympiou & Zacharias C. Zacharia -- Becoming a Health Promoting School: Effects of a three year intervention on school development and pupils, Steffen Schaal -- Disagreement in ‘Ordinary’ Teaching Interactions: A Study of Argumentation in a Science Classroom, Ana Paula Souto-Silva, Danusa Munford -- Analysis of Teaching and Learning Practices in Physics and Chemistry Education: Theoretical and Methodological Issues, Patrice Venturini, Andrée Tiberghien, Claudia von Aufschnaiter, Gregory Kelly, Eduardo Mortimer -- Part 6 Teaching Resources, Curriculum -- Designing a Learning Progression for Teaching and Learning about Matter in Early School Years, Andrés Acher & María Arcà --  ‘Realistic-Fiction Storybooks’ as a Resource for Problematic Questioning of Living Being with Pupils in Primary School, Catherine Bruguière and Eric Triquet -- Nature of Science as Portrayed in the Physics Official Curricula and Textbooks in Hong Kong and on the Mainland of the People’s Republic of China, Ka Lok Cheng and Siu Ling Wong -- On the transfer of teaching-learning materials from one educational setting to another, R. Pintó, M. Hernández, C. P. Constantinou -- CoReflect - Web-based Inquiry Learning Environments on Socio-Scientific issues, Andreas Redfors, Lena Hansson, Eleni A. Kyza, Iolie Nicolaidou, Itay Asher, Iris Tabak, Nicos Papadouris and Christakis Avraam -- Adapting web-based inquiry learning environments from one country to another: The CoReflect experience, Eleni A. Kyza, Christothea Herodotou, Iolie Nicolaidou, Andreas Redfors and Lena Hansson, Sascha Schanze, Ulf Saballus, Nicos Papadouris4, Georgia Michael.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    ISBN: 9789400773806
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XX, 252 p. 12 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Literacy Studies, Perspectives from Cognitive Neurosciences, Linguistics, Psychology and Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Psycholinguistics ; Language and languages ; Literacy ; China ; Lesefähigkeit ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This volume explores Chinese reading development, focusing on children in Chinese societies and bilingual Chinese-speaking children in Western societies. The book is structured around four themes: psycholinguistic study of reading, reading disability, bilingual and biliteracy development, and Chinese children’s literature. It discusses issues that are pertinent to improving language and literacy development, and complex cognitive, linguistic, and socio-cultural factors that underlie language and literacy development. In addition, the book identifies instructional practices that can enhance literacy development and academic achievement. This volume offers an integrative framework of Chinese reading, and deepens our understanding of the intricate processes that underlie Chinese children’s literacy development. It promotes research in reading Chinese and celebrates the distinguished and longstanding career of Richard C. Anderson
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordPreface -- Psycholinguistic Study of Reading Chinese. Morphological Awareness and Learning to Read Chinese and English -- Visual, Phonological and Orthographic Strategies in Learning to Read Chinese -- How Character Reading Can Be Different from Word Reading in Chinese and Why It Matters for Chinese Reading Development -- Fostering Reading Comprehension and Writing Composition in Chinese Children -- Exploring the Relationship of Parental Influences, Motivation for Reading and Reading Achievement in Chinese First Graders -- Reading Disability in Chinese Children. Helping Children with Reading Disability in Chinese: The Response to Intervention Approach with Effective Evidence-Based Curriculum -- Rapid Automatized Naming and Its Unique Contribution to Reading: Evidence from Chinese Dyslexia -- Bilingual and Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English. L1-Induced Facilitation in Biliteracy Development in Chinese and English -- Effect of Early Bilingualism on Metalinguistic Development and Language Processing: Evidence from Chinese-speaking Bilingual Children -- Contributions of Phonology, Orthography, and Morphology in Chinese-English Biliteracy Acquisition: A One-year Longitudinal Study -- Children’s literature in Chinese. Chinese Children’s Literature in North America -- China and Chinese as Mirrored in Multicultural Youth Literature: A Study of Award-Winning Picture Books Featuring Ethnic Chinese from 1993 to 2009.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400774889
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 93 p. 13 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Sociolinguistics ; Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Syntax ; Theorie ; Systemische Grammatik ; Funktionalismus ; Prüfungsfrage
    Abstract: This book shows how Systemic Functional Linguistics may be used to explore and explain the grammar of scientific examination questions. The author outlines the key elements of this theory and identifies problematical structures that affect the linguistic validity of such education assessment questions. This book also shows how examination questions may provide insight into the relationship between teaching and language in science. Do candidates give an incorrect answer because they do not understand the topic or because they do not understand the language by which the question is framed? This book shows how the analysis of scientific examination questions can answer this question. These chapters show how contemporary linguistics can inform the assessment of science and address topics including: the role of images, lexicography, the morphology of sentences, semantic discontinuity and the active reader. An example question is used throughout the text to illustrate the theories and each chapter has its own useful summary, making it a very readable work
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1 Systemic Functional Analysis and Science ExaminationsChapter 2 Pictures and Words -- Chapter 3 Sentences -- Chapter 4 Active Readers.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400771550
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 747 p. 164 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Advances in Mathematics Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Probabilistic thinking
    RVK:
    Keywords: Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Distribution (Probability theory) ; Mathematics ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mathematik ; Wahrscheinlichkeit ; Stochastik
    Abstract: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context.
    Abstract: This volume provides a necessary, current and extensive analysis of probabilistic thinking from a number of mathematicians, mathematics educators, and psychologists. The work of 58 contributing authors, investigating probabilistic thinking across the globe, is encapsulated in 6 prefaces, 29 chapters and 6 commentaries. Ultimately, the four main perspectives presented in this volume (Mathematics and Philosophy, Psychology, Stochastics and Mathematics Education) are designed to represent probabilistic thinking in a greater context. “Uncertainty is part of our lives and we all have to deal with it and make decisions in spite of it. Ability to use ideas from probability theory as a way of quantifying uncertainty needs to be an integral part of our education at many levels and this book will surely play a useful role." - S.R.Srinivasa Varadhan, Recipient of the 2007 Abel Prize in Mathematics and the 2010 National Medal of Science “A welcome look at probability, with philosophical and psychological perspectives that offer foundations for both students and teachers of probability at the school and university levels. Very comprehensive and promises a great deal to the reader. Teachers and students will benefit from articles that clarify the competition between the frequentist and the Bayesian views of probability." - Reuben Hersh, Author of "What is Mathematics, Really?" and co-author of "The Mathematical Experience" “I often get asked why people find probability so unintuitive and difficult. After years of research, I have concluded it’s because probability really is unintuitive and difficult. This ground-breaking text acknowledges the full complexity of teaching this subject: the contributions face up to the competing interpretations of probability, emphasising the close connection to both human psychology and real-world problem-solving tasks. I am personally very pleased to see the subjective interpretation taken seriously, while also admiring the suggestions for teaching the properties of modeled randomness. A very timely and valuable book." -David Spiegelhalter, Winston Professor for the Public Understanding of Risk, University of Cambridge “The teaching and learning of probability is challenging in several ways - coordinating its three theoretical perspectives (classical, frequentist, and subjective); managing its relationship to statistics; and reconciling the counter-intuitive nature of much probabilistic reasoning. This volume presents a compreh ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Probabilistic Thinking; Series Preface; The Most Common Misconception About Probability?; Introduction to Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives; References; Contents; Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy; References; A Historical and Philosophical Perspective on Probability; 1 Introduction and Sources; 2 From Divination to Combinatorial Multiplicity; 2.1 Early Origins in Divination and Religion; 2.2 Emergence of the Rule of Favourable to Possible: Combinatorial Multiplicity; De Méré's Problem; Division of Stakes
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Huygens, Bernoulli, and Bayes: The Art of Conjecturing3.1 Expectation and Probability; 3.2 Obstacles and Further Developments; Bayes' Formula and Inverse Probabilities; 4 Foundations and New Applications; 4.1 Classical Probability; 4.2 Continuous Distributions; 4.3 Axioms of Probability; 5 Modern Philosophical Views on Probability; Classical a Priori Theory (APT); Frequentist Theory (FQT); Subjectivist Theory (SJT); Commentary; 6 Concluding Comments; References; From Puzzles and Paradoxes to Concepts in Probability; 1 How Paradoxes Highlight Conceptual Conflicts; 2 Equal Likelihood
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Early Notions of ProbabilityP1: Problem of the Grand Duke of Tuscany; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P2: De Méré's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P3: Division of Stakes; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 2.2 Conceptual Developments in Probability; P4: D'Alembert's Problem; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3 Expectation; 3.1 Expectation and Probability; P5: St Petersburg Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 3.2 Independence and Expectation; P6: Dependent Spinners; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P7: Dependent Coins; What is the Paradox?
    Description / Table of Contents: Further Ideas4 Relative Frequencies; P8: Library Problem; What is the Paradox?; P9: Bertrand's Chord; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5 Personal Probabilities; 5.1 Inverse Probabilities; P10: Bertrand's Paradox; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; P11: Father Smith and Son; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 5.2 Conflicts with Logic; P12: Intransitive Spinners; What is the Paradox?; P13: Blyth's Intransitive Spinners; P14: Reinhardt's Single Spinner; P15: Simpson's Paradox of Proportions; What is the Paradox?; Further Ideas; 6 Central Ideas of Probability Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Independence and Random Samples6.2 Central Theorems; Bernoulli's Law of Large Numbers; Laplace's Central Limit Theorem; Central Limit Theorem of Poisson; 6.3 Standard Situations; Laplacean Experiments; Bernoulli Experiments; Poisson Process; Elementary Errors; Stochastic Processes; 6.4 Kolmogorov's Axiomatic Foundation of Probability; The Axioms; Distribution Functions; Probability Measures on Infinite-Dimensional Spaces; Lebesgue Integral; 7 Conclusions; References; Three Approaches for Modelling Situations with Randomness; 1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 Three Different Approaches to Probability (Content Knowledge)
    Description / Table of Contents: SERIES PREFACE: Gabriele Kaiser and Bharath SriramanACKNOWLEDGEMENTS -- FOREWORD: Keith Devlin -- INTRODUCTION: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE I: MATHEMATICS AND PHILOSOPHY -- Preface to Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Egan Chernoff and Gale Russell -- I.I. A historical and philosophical perspective on probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.II. From puzzles and paradoxes to concepts in probability: Manfred Borovcnik and Ramesh Kapadia -- I.III. Three approaches for modeling situation with randomness: Andreas Eichler and Markus Vogel -- I.IV. A modeling perspective on probability: Maxine Pfannkuch and Ilze Ziedins -- Commentary on Perspective I: Mathematics and Philosophy: Bharath Sriraman and Kyeong-Hwa Lee -- PERSPECTIVE II: PSYCHOLOGY -- Preface to Perspective II: Psychology : Wim van Dooren -- II.I. Statistical thinking: no child left behind: Björn Meder and Gerd Gigerenzer -- II.II. The A-B-C of probabilistic literacy: Laura Martignon -- II.III. Intuitive conceptions of probability and the development of basic math skills: Gary Brase, Sherri Martinie and Carlos Castillo-Garsow -- II.IV. Testing a model on probabilistic reasoning: Francesca Chiesi and Caterina Primi -- II.V. Revisiting the medical diagnosis problem: reconciling intuitive and analytical thinking: Lisser Rye Ejersbo and Uri Leron -- II.VI. Rethinking probability education: perceptual judgment as epistemic resource: Dor Abrahamson -- II.VII. Sticking to your guns: a flawed heuristic for probabilistic decision-making: Deborah Bennett -- II.VIII. Developing probabilistic thinking: what about peoples’ conceptions: Annie Savard -- Commentary I on Perspective II: Psychology : Brian Greer -- Commentary II on Perspective II: Psychology: Richard Lesh and Bharath Sriraman -- PERSPECTIVE III: STOCHASTICS -- Preface to Perspective III: Stochastics: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- III.I. Prospective primary school teachers’ perception of randomness: Carmen Batanero, Pedro Arteaga, Luis Serrano and Blanca Ruiz -- III.II. Challenges of developing coherent probabilistic reasoning: rethinking randomness and probability from a stochastic perspective: Luis Saldanha and Yan Liu -- III.III. “It is very, very random because it doesn’t happen very often”: examining learners’ discourse on randomness: Simin Jolafee, Rina Zazkis and Nathalie Sinclair -- III.IV. Developing a modelling approach to probability using computer-based simulations: Theodosia Prodromou -- III.V. Promoting statistical literacy through data modelling in the early school years: Lyn D. English -- III.VI. Learning Bayesian statistics in adulthood: Wolff-Michael Roth -- Commentary on Perspective III: Stochastics: Mike Shaughnessy -- PERSPECTIVE IV: MATHEMATICS EDUCATION -- Preface to Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Bharath Sriraman and Egan Chernoff -- IV.I. A practitional perspective on probabilistic thinking models and frameworks: Edward S. Mooney, Cynthia Langrall and Joshua T. Hertel -- IV.II. Experimentation in probability teaching and learning: Per Nilsson -- IV.III. Investigating the dynamics of stochastic learning processes: Susanne Prediger and Susanne Schnell -- IV.IV. Counting as a foundation for learning to reason about probability: Carolyn A. Maher and Anoop Ahluwalia -- IV.V. Levels of probabilistic reasoning of high school students about binomial problems: Ernesto Sánchez and Pedro Rubén Landín -- IV.VI. Children’s construction of sample space with respect to the law of large numbers: Efi Paparistodemou -- IV.VII. Researching conditional probability problem solving: Pedro Huerta -- IV.VIII. Real life experiences as hindrance in probabilistic situations: Ami Mamolo and Rina Zazkis -- IV.IX. Influence of culture on high school students’ probabilistic thinking: Sashi Sharma -- IV.X. Primary school students’ attitudes to and beliefs about probability: Steven Nisbet and Anne Williams -- Commentary on Perspective IV: Mathematics Education: Jane Watson -- COMMENTARY on Probabilistic Thinking: Presenting Plural Perspectives: Egan Chernoff and Bharath Sriraman -- AUTHOR INDEX -- SUBJECT INDEX.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401792400
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 736 p. 1332 illus., 1135 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Stichting Foundation Rembrandt Research Project 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. A corpus of Rembrandt paintings ; 6: Rembrandt's paintings revisited
    RVK:
    Keywords: Humanities ; History ; Arts ; Humanities / Arts ; Humanities ; History ; Arts ; Werkverzeichnis ; Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn 1606-1669 ; Genremalerei ; Rembrandt Harmensz van Rijn 1606-1669 ; Historienmalerei
    Abstract: A revised survey of Rembrandt’s complete painted oeuvre. The question of which 17th-century paintings in Rembrandt’s style were actually painted by Rembrandt himself had already become an issue during his lifetime. It is an issue that is still hotly disputed among art historians today. The problem arose because Rembrandt had numerous pupils who learned the art of painting by imitating their master or by assisting him with his work as a portrait painter. He also left pieces unfinished, to be completed by others. The question is how to determine which works were from Rembrandt’s own hand. Can we, for example, define the criteria of quality that would allow us to distinguish the master’s work from that of his followers? Do we yet have methods of investigation that would deliver objective evidence of authenticity? To what extent do research techniques used in the physical sciences help? Or are we, after all, still dependent on the subjective, expert eye of the connoisseur? The book provides answers to these questions. Prof. Ernst van de Wetering, the author of our forthcoming book which deals with these questions, has been closely involved in all aspects of this research since 1968, the year the renowned Rembrandt Research Project (RRP) was founded. In particular, he played an important role in developing new criteria for authentication. Van de Wetering was also witness to the way the often overly zealous tendency to doubt the authenticity of Rembrandt’s paintings got out of hand. In this book he re-attributes to the master a substantial number of unjustly rejected Rembrandts. He also was closely involved in the (re)discovery of a considerable number of lost or completely unknown works by Rembrandt. The verdicts of earlier specialists - including the majority of members of the original RRP (up to 1989) - were based on connoisseurship: the self-confidence in one’s ability to recognise a specific artist’s style and ‘hand’. Over the years, Van de Wetering has carried out seminal research into 17th-century studio practice and ideas about art current in Rembrandt’s time. In this book he demonstrates the fallibility of traditional connoisseurship, especially in the case of Rembrandt, who was par excellence a searching artist. The methodological implications of this critical view are discussed in an introductory chapter which relates the history of the developments in this turbulent field of research. Van de Wetering’s account of his own i ...
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789401786669
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 161 p. 58 illus., 5 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: Read this book if you want to know how to give students the intellectual pleasure of understanding physics. Read it even if you fear that this goal is out of reach - you may be surprised! Laurence Viennot shows ways to deal with the awkward fact that common sense thinking is often not the same as scientific thinking. She exposes frequent and widespread errors and misunderstandings, which provide a real eye-opener for the teacher. More than that, she shows ways to avoid and overcome them. The book argues against over-emphasis on “fun” applications, demonstrating that students also enjoy and value clear thinking. The book has three parts: • Making sense of special scientific ways of reasoning (words, images, functions) • Making connections between very different topics, each illuminating the other • Simplifying, looking for consistency, and avoiding incoherent over-simplification It offers a magnificent supply of insight and ideas, all of which can be put to use no matter what physics programme you teach. The examples provided in this book shed light on the processes of teaching and popularization of physics, from the high school to the early undergraduate level. "I recommend this book to all my colleagues engaged in teaching physics and other scientific disciplines, but also to students, future teachers and all those who take pleasure in understanding" Guy Aubert Emeritus Professor, Université Joseph Fourier, grenoble, France
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordForeword to the French Edition -- Preface -- Part I Learning to think: words, images and functions -- 1 Essential tools for comprehension -- 2 Some surprising invariances -- 3 Analysis of functional dependence: a powerful tool -- 4 Putting things into practice -- Part II Physics: linking factors -- 5 Links between phenomena in terms of type of functional dependence -- 6 The relationship between different approaches to the same phenomenon -- Part III Simplicity: ruin or triumph of coherence? -- 7 Optimising simple experiments -- 8 Popularising physics: what place for reasoning? -- 9 Conclusion -- Appendix A - What this book owes to physics education research -- Appendix B - The weight of air and molecular impacts: how do they relate? -- Appendix C -Causal  linear reasoning -- Appendix D - When physics should conform to beliefs: pierced bottles -- Appendix E - Reactions of trainee journalists and scientific writers confronted with inconsistency -- Appendix F - “Facilitating elements" of communication: Year 11 students ranking the risks of misunderstanding.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    ISBN: 9789401788380
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXI, 244 p. 14 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology
    Abstract: This book conceptualizes the ‘lived spaces’ of infant and toddler early education and care settings by bringing together international authors researching within diverse theoretical frameworks. It highlights diverse ways of understanding the experiences of very young children by exposing the ways that the authors are grappling with the unknown. The work explores broadly the construct and meanings of ‘lived spaces’ as relational spaces, interactional spaces, transitional spaces, curriculum spaces, or pedagogical spaces operating within the social, physical and temporal environment of infant-toddler education settings. The book invites interchange between and among diverse theories and approaches, and through this build new understandings of infants’ and toddlers’ experiences and interactions in early education and care settings. It also considers the implications of this work for policy and practice in infant and toddler education and care.‘The strength of this manuscript is the international gathering of studies on infants and toddlers in ECEC, where the children are considered active participants and agents in their own lives.’ Camilla Björklund, Department of Education, Communication and Learning, University of Gothenburg, Sweden ‘The strongest aspect of the work is the confidence shown in each chapter. The book is a celebration of expertise from a variety of perspectives. It would be required reading for anyone with a special interest in young children.’ Jane Bone, Faculty of Education, Monash University, Frankston, Victoria, Australia
    Description / Table of Contents: ForewordPrologue: Campus-Toddlers: Observations and Reflections from a "Window Ethnographer" -- 1. Introduction: Exploring Lived Spaces of Infant-Toddler Education and Care -- 2. Lived Spaces in a Toddler Group: Application of Lefebvre’s Spatial Triad -- 3. Making This My Space: Infants’ and Toddlers’ Use of Resources to Make a Day Care Setting Their Own -- 4. Babies in Space -- 5. Spending Time with Others: a Time-Use Diary for Infant-Toddler Child Care -- 6. The Birthday Cake: Social Relations and Professional Practices around Mealtimes with Toddlers in Child Care -- 7. Play spaces: Educators, Parents and Toddlers -- 8. Facilitating Intimate and Thoughtful Attention to Infants and Toddlers in Nursery -- 9. Developing 'Professional Love' in Early Childhood Settings -- 10. Observing Infants’ and Toddlers’ Relationships and Interactions in Group Care -- 11. Guided Participation and Communication Practices in Multilingual Toddler Groups -- 12. Infant Signs Reveal Infant Minds to Early Childhood Professionals -- 13. What Infants Talk About: Comparing Parents' and Educators' Insights -- 14. Expressing, Interpreting and Exchanging Perspectives during Infant-Toddler Social Interactions: The Significance of Acting with Others in Mind -- 15. Infants Initiating Encounters with Peers in Group Care Environments -- 16. A Dialogic Space in Early Childhood Education: Chronotopic Encounters with People, Places and Things -- 17. Lived Spaces of Infant-Toddler Education and Care: Implications for Policy? -- Appendix.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400776548
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 2532 p. 86 illus., 20 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International handbook of research in history, philosophy and science teaching
    Keywords: Science History ; Science Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science History ; Education Philosophy ; Science Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This inaugural handbook documents the distinctive research field that utilizes history and philosophy in investigation of theoretical, curricular and pedagogical issues in the teaching of science and mathematics. It is contributed to by 130 researchers from 30 countries; it provides a logically structured, fully referenced guide to the ways in which science and mathematics education is, informed by the history and philosophy of these disciplines, as well as by the philosophy of education more generally. The first handbook to cover the field, it lays down a much-needed marker of progress to date and provides a platform for informed and coherent future analysis and research of the subject. The publication comes at a time of heightened worldwide concern over the standard of science and mathematics education, attended by fierce debate over how best to reform curricula and enliven student engagement in the subjects There is a growing recognition among educators and policy makers that the learning of science must dovetail with learning about science; this handbook is uniquely positioned as a locus for the discussion. The handbook features sections on pedagogical, theoretical, national, and biographical research, setting the literature of each tradition in its historical context. Each chapter engages in an assessment of the strengths and weakness of the research addressed, and suggests potentially fruitful avenues of future research. A key element of the handbook’s broader analytical framework is its identification and examination of unnoticed philosophical assumptions in science and mathematics research. It reminds readers at a crucial juncture that there has been a long and rich tradition of historical and philosophical engagements with science and mathematics teaching, and that lessons can be learnt from these engagements for the resolution of current theoretical, curricular and pedagogical questions that face teachers and administrators
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The History, Purpose and Content of the Springer International Handbook of Research in History, Philosophy and Science Teaching ; 1.1 The International History, Philosophy and Science Teaching Group; 1.2 Science & Education Journal; 1.3 The Handbook Project; 1.4 Handbook Structure; 1.4.1 Pedagogical Studies; 1.4.2 Theoretical Studies; 1.4.3 Regional Studies; 1.4.4 Biographical Studies; 1.5 Writing and Communication; Part I: Pedagogical Studies: Physics; Chapter 2: Pendulum Motion: A Case Study in How History and Philosophy Can Contribute to Science Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Galileo's Pendulum Analysis; 2.3 Galileo's Methodological Innovation; 2.4 Galileo, Experimentation and Measurement; 2.5 Contemporary Reproductions of Galileo's Experiments; 2.6 The Pendulum and Timekeeping; 2.7 The Pendulum in Newton's Mechanics; 2.7.1 The Demonstration of Newton's Laws; 2.7.2 Unifying Terrestrial and Celestial Mechanics; 2.8 Huygens' Proposal of an International Standard of Length; 2.9 The Pendulum and Determining the Shape of the Earth; 2.10 The Testing of Scientific Theories; 2.11 Some Social and Cultural Impacts of Timekeeping
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.11.1 Solving the Longitude Problem2.11.2 A Clockwork Society; 2.11.3 A Clockwork Universe and Its Maker; 2.11.4 Foucault's Pendulum Makes Visible the Earth's Rotation; 2.12 The Pendulum in the Classroom; 2.13 The Pendulum and Textbooks; 2.14 The Pendulum and Recent US Science Education Reform Proposals; 2.14.1 Scope, Sequence and Coordination; 2.14.2 Project 2061; 2.14.3 The US National Standards; 2.14.4 America's Lab Report; 2.14.5 The Next Generation Science Standards; 2.15 The International Pendulum Project; 2.16 Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Using History to Teach Mechanics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Introduction3.2 A Brief History of Mechanics from Aristotle to Newton and Beyond; 3.2.1 Aristotle; 3.2.2 Projectile Motion; 3.2.3 Free Fall; 3.2.4 Forced Motion; 3.2.5 Circular Motion; 3.2.6 Impact; 3.2.7 Pendulum Motion; 3.2.8 Isaac Newton; 3.2.9 Beyond Newton; 3.3 History of Mechanics and the Nature of Science; 3.3.1 Some Issues in the History of Mechanics; 3.3.1.1 Force; 3.3.1.2 Inertial Mass; 3.3.1.3 Mathematics; 3.3.2 Some Philosophical Issues; 3.3.2.1 Meaning Matters; 3.3.2.2 Idealisation in Mechanics; 3.3.2.3 Empiricism Versus Realism in Mechanics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 The Role of Observation and Experiment3.3.3 Frontier Science; 3.3.4 Mechanics and Technology; 3.4 History of Mechanics and Student Conceptions; 3.5 Some Historical Resources for Teaching Mechanics; 3.5.1 Explanations and Illustrations; 3.5.2 Thought Experiments; 3.5.2.1 Galileo and the Speed of Falling Bodies; 3.5.2.2 Stevin and the Inclined Plane; 3.5.3 Experiments, Instruments and Technological Devices; 3.5.3.1 The Inclined Plane Experiment; 3.5.3.2 The Parabolic Path of Trajectories and the Law of Free Fall; 3.5.3.3 Newton's Colliding Pendulums
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.4 Anecdotes, Vignettes and Stories
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION, MICHAEL R. MATTHEWSPart I: PEDAGOGICAL STUDIES -- Physics -- MICHAEL R. MATTHEWS, Pendulum Motion: A Case Study in How History and Philosophy can Contribute to Science Education -- COLIN F. GAULD, Using History to Teach Mechanics -- IGAL GALILI , Teaching Optics: A Historico-Philosophical Perspective -- JENARO GUISASOLA, Teaching and Learning Electricity: The Relations between Macroscopic Level Observations and Microscopic Level Theories -- OLIVIA LEVRINI, The Role of History and Philosophy in Research on Teaching and Learning of Relativity -- ILEANA M. GRECA & OLIVAL FREIRE Jr, Meeting the Challenge: Quantum Physics in Introductory Physics Courses -- MANUEL BÄCHTOLD & MURIEL GUEDJ, Teaching Energy Informed by the History and Epistemology of the Concept with Implications for Teacher Education -- UGO BESSON, Teaching about Thermal Phenomena and Thermodynamics: The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science -- Chemistry -- SIBEL ERDURAN & EBRU MUGALOGLU, Philosophy of Chemistry in Chemical Education: Recent Trends and Future Directions -- KEVIN C. DE BERG, The Place of the History of Chemistry in the Teaching and Learning of Chemistry -- JOSÉ ANTONIO CHAMIZO & ANDONI GARRITZ, Historical Teaching of Atomic and Molecular Structure -- Biology -- KOSTAS KAMPOURAKIS & ROSS NEHM, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Evolution: Students' Conceptions and Explanations -- ROSS NEHM & KOSTAS KAMPOURAKIS, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Macroevolution -- NIKLAS M. GERICKE & MIKE U. SMITH, 21st Century Genetics and Genomics: Contributions of HPS -Informed Research and Pedagogy -- CHARBEL N. EL-HANI, ANA MARIA R. DE ALMEIDA, GILBERTO C. BOMFIM, LEYLA M. JOAQUIM, JOÃO CARLOS M. MAGALHÃES, LIA M. N. MEYER, MAIANA A. PITOMBO & VANESSA C. DOS SANTOS, The Contribution of History  and Philosophy to the Problem of Hybrid Views about Genes in Genetics Teaching -- Ecology -- AGELIKI LEFKADITI, KOSTAS KORFIATIS, & TASOS HOVARDAS, Contextualizing the Teaching and Learning of Ecology: Historical and Philosophical Considerations -- Earth Sciences -- GLENN DOLPHIN & JEFF DODICK, Teaching Controversies in Earth Science: The Role of History and Philosophy of Science -- Astronomy -- HORACIO TIGNANELLI  & YANN BENÉTREAU-DUPIN, Perspectives of History and Philosophy on Teaching Astronomy   -- Cosmology -- HELGE KRAGH, The Science of the Universe: Cosmology and Science Education -- Mathematics -- MICHAEL N. FRIED, History of Mathematics in Mathematics Education -- STUART ROWLANDS, Philosophy and the Secondary School Mathematics Classroom -- EDUARD GLAS, A Role for Quasi-Empiricism in Mathematics Education -- KATHLEEN MICHELLE CLARK, History of Mathematics in Teacher Education -- JUDITH V. GRABINER, The Role of Mathematics in Liberal Arts Education -- TINNE HOFF KJELDSEN & JESSICA CARTER, The Role of History and Philosophy in University Mathematics Education -- UFFE THOMAS JANKVIST, Use of Primary Sources in the Teaching and Learning of Mathematics -- Part II: THEORETICAL STUDIES -- (a) Features of Science and Education -- DEREK HODSON, Nature of Science in the Science Curriculum: Origin, Development and Shifting Emphases -- NORMAN G. LEDERMAN, STEPHEN A. BARTOS & JUDITH S. LEDERMAN, The Development, Use, and Interpretation of Nature of Science Assessments -- GÜROL IRZIK & ROBERT NOLA, New Directions for Nature of Science Research -- PETER SLEZAK, Constructivism in Science Education -- JIM MACKENZIE, RON GOOD & JAMES ROBERT BROWN, Postmodernism and Science Education: An Appraisal -- ANA C. COULÓ, Philosophical Dimensions of Social and Ethical Issues in School Science Education: Values in Science and in Science Classrooms -- GÁBOR ZEMPLÉN & GÁBOR KUTROVÁTZ, Social Studies of Science and Science Teaching -- ISMO KOPONEN & SUVI TALA, Generative Modeling in Physics and in Physics Education: From Aspects of Research Practices to Suggestions for Education -- CYNTHIA PASSMORE, JULIA SVOBODA GOUVEA & RONALD GIERE, Models in Science and in Learning Science: Focusing Scientific Practice on Sense-making  -- ZOUBEIDA R. DAGHER & SIBEL ERDURAN, Laws and Explanations in Biology and Chemistry: Philosophical Perspectives and Educational Implications -- MERVI A ASIKAINEN & PEKKA E HIRVONEN, Thought Experiments in Science and in Science Education -- (b) Teaching, Learning and Understanding Science -- ROLAND M SCHULZ, Philosophy of Education and Science Education: An Underdeveloped but Vital Relationship -- STEPHEN P. NORRIS, LINDA M. PHILLIPS & DAVID P. BURNS, Conceptions of Scientific Literacy: Identifying and Evaluating their Programmatic Elements -- BRIAN DUNST & ALEX LEVINE, Conceptual Change:  Analogies Great and Small, and the Quest for Coherence -- GREGORY J. KELLY, Inquiry Teaching and Learning: Philosophical Considerations -- WENDY SHERMAN HECKLER, Research on Student Learning in Science: A Wittgensteinian Perspective -- MANSOOR NIAZ / Science Textbooks: The Role of History and Philosophy of Science -- AGUSTÍN ADÚRIZ-BRAVO, Revisiting School Scientific Argumentation from the Perspective of the History and Philosophy of Science -- PETER HEERING & DIETMAR HÖTTECKE, Historical-Investigative Approaches in Science Teaching -- STEPHEN KLASSEN & CATHRINE FROESE KLASSEN, Science Teaching with Historically Based Stories: Theoretical and Practical Perspectives -- TIM SPROD, Philosophical Inquiry and Critical Thinking in Primary and Secondary Science Education -- ANASTASIA FILIPPOUPOLITI & DIMITRIS KOLIOPOULOS, Informal and Non-formal Education: History of Science in Museums -- (c) Science, Culture and Society -- MICHAEL R. MATTHEWS, Science, Worldviews and Education -- MICHAEL J. REISS, What Significance does Christianity have for Science Education? -- TANER EDIS & SAOUMA BOUJAOUDE, Rejecting Materialism: Responses to Modern Science in the Muslim Middle East -- SUNDAR SARUKKAI, Indian Experiences with Science: Considerations for History, Philosophy and Science Education -- JEFF DODICK & RAPHAEL SHUCHAT, Historical Interactions between Judaism and Science and their Influence on Science Teaching and Learning -- KAI HORSTHEMKE & LARRY YORE, Challenges of Multiculturalism in Science Education: Indigenisation, Internationalisation, and Transkulturalität -- MARTIN MAHNER, Science, Religion, and Naturalism: Metaphysical and Methodological Incompatibilities -- (d) Science Education Research -- KEITH S TABER, Methodological Issues in Science Education Research: A Perspective from the Philosophy of Science -- VELI-MATTI VESTERINEN, MARÍA ANTONIA MANASSERO-MAS & ÁNGEL VÁZQUEZ-ALONSO, History and Philosophy of Science and Science, Technology and Society Traditions in Science Education: Their Continuities and Discontinuities -- CHRISTINE L. MCCARTHY, Cultural Studies in Science Education: Philosophical Considerations -- KATHRYN M. OLESKO, Science Education in the Historical Study of the Sciences -- Part 111: REGIONAL STUDIES -- WILLIAM F. MCCOMAS, Nature of Science in the Science Curriculum and in Teacher Education Programmes in the United States -- DON METZ, The History and Philosophy of Science in Science Curricula and Teacher Education in Canada -- JOHN L. TAYLOR & ANDREW HUNT, History and Philosophy of Science and the Teaching of Science in England -- LIBORIO DIBATTISTA & FRANCESCA MORGESE, Incorporation of History and Philosophy of Science and Nature of Science Content in School and Teacher Education Programmes in Europe -- JOSIP SLISKO & ZALKIDA HADZIBEGOVIC, History in Bosnia and Herzegovina Physics Textbooks for Primary School - Historical Accuracy and Cognitive Adequacy -- SIU LING WONG, ZHI HONG WAN & KA LOK CHENG, One Country Two Systems: Nature of Science (NOS) Education in Mainland China and Hong Kong -- JINWOONG SONG & YONG JAE JOUNG, Trends in History and Philosophy of  Science and Nature of Science Research in Korean Science Education -- YUKO MURAKAMI & MANABU SUMIDA, History and Philosophy of Science and Nature of Science Research in Japan: A Historical Overview -- ANA BARAHONA, ANDONI GARRITZ, JOSÉ ANTONIO CHAMIZO & JOSIP SLISKO, The History and Philosophy of Science and Science Teaching in Mexico -- ROBERTO DE ANDRADE MARTINS, CIBELLE CELESTINO SILVA, & MARIA ELICE BRZEZINSKI PRESTES, History and Philosophy of Science in Science Education, in Brazil -- IRENE ARRIASSECQ & ALCIRA RIVAROSA, Science Teaching and Research in Argentina: The Contribution of History and Philosophy of Science -- Part 1V: BIOGRAPHICAL STUDIES -- HAYO SIEMSEN, Ernst Mach: A Genetic Introduction to His Educational Theory and Pedagogy -- WILLIAM H. BROCK & EDGAR W. JENKINS, Frederick W. Westaway and Science Education: An Endless Quest -- EDGAR W. JENKINS, E. J. Holmyard (1891-1959) and the Historical Approach to Science Teaching -- JAMES SCOTT JOHNSTON, John Dewey and Science Education -- GEORGE DEBOER, Joseph Schwab: His Work and His Legacy.
    Note: Includes indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    ISBN: 9789401791595
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 225 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 21
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Curriculum planning ; Language and languages ; Education, Higher ; Hochschuldidaktik ; Curriculumreform ; Fremdsprachenunterricht
    Abstract: This volume addresses critical challenges and issues facing foreign language departments in colleges and universities across the U.S. It presents the insights of individuals who have built or are in the process of building foreign language curricula during a major transition period in postsecondary institutions. The authors of this volume come from various language departments and institutional experience from across the U. S., including private and public postsecondary foreign language teachers, researchers and administrators. The chapters address issues and provide templates for curricular change at all learning levels. The five sections of this book explore: Changing Perceptions about Foreign Language Learning; The Case for a Multi-literacy FL Curriculum in Concept and Assessment Praxis; Curricular Transformations: Historical Hurdles and Faculty Heuristics; Rethinking the Graduate Curriculum; Foreign Languages' Integration into the Interdisciplinary University. “This thought-provoking and timely volume addresses the question of how historic and current disciplinary, institutional and political conditions affect curricular transformation in collegiate foreign language programs. Responding to the issues raised in the 2007 MLA Report, this collection of nine essays presents a diversity of curricular models and approaches from different theoretical perspectives focusing on the integration of language and content. The book will undoubtedly be of great interest to a broad audience, such as foreign language educators, curriculum designers, administrators, graduate students, and researchers.” Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Yale College, CT, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsIntroduction: On Language and Content: The Stakes of Curricular Transformation in Collegiate Foreign Language Education -- PART I Contexts: Drivers for Curricular Change -- 1. From Language to Literacy: The Evolving Concepts of Foreign Language Teaching at American Colleges and Universities since 1945 -- 2. The Discourse of Foreignness in U.S. Language Education -- PART II Insights: Making Curricular Transformation Work -- 3. Curricular Integration and Faculty Development: Teaching Language-Based Content across the Foreign Language Curriculum -- 4. Program Sustainability through Interdisciplinary Networking: On Connecting Foreign Language Programs with Sustainability Studies and Other Fields -- 5. Are Global, International and Foreign Language Studies Connected? -- 6. Integrating Business and Foreign Languages: The Lauder Institute and Advanced Language Education -- PART III Outlook: Strategies Facilitating a Curricular Transformation for Multi literacies -- 7. Mapping New Classrooms in Literacy-Oriented Foreign Language Teaching and Learning: The Role of the Reading Experience -- 8. Foreign Language Teaching Assistant Professional Development: Challenges and Strategies Meeting the 2007 MLA Report Call’s for Change -- 9. Discipline, Institution and Assessment: The Graduate Curriculum, Credibility and Accountability.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    ISBN: 9789401789028
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1383 p. 100 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Springer International Handbooks of Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. International handbook of research in professional and practice-based learning
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education
    Abstract: The International Handbook of Research in Professional and Practice-based Learning discusses what constitutes professionalism, examines the concepts and practices of professional and practice-based learning, including associated research traditions and educational provisions. It also explores professional learning in institutions of higher and vocational education as well the practice settings where professionals work and learn, focusing on both initial and ongoing development and how that learning is assessed. The Handbook features research from expert contributors in education, studies of the professions, and accounts of research methodologies from a range of informing disciplines. It is organized in two parts. The first part sets out conceptions of professionalism at work, how professions, work and learning can be understood, and examines the kinds of institutional practices organized for developing occupational capacities. The second part focuses on procedural issues associated with learning for and through professional practice, and how assessment of professional capacities might progress. The key premise of this Handbook is that during both initial and ongoing professional development, individual learning processes are influenced and shaped through their professional environment and practices. Moreover, in turn, the practice and processes of learning through practice are shaped by their development, all of which are required to be understood through a range of research orientations, methods and findings. This Handbook will appeal to academics working in fields of professional practice, including those who are concerned about developing these capacities in their students. In addition, students and research students will also find this Handbook a key reference resource to the field
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Members of Editorial Board; Reviewers of Contributions; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Volume 1 - Scientific and Institutional Framework; Volume 2 - Learning, Education and Assessment in and for the Professions; Part I: Professions and Professional Practice; Chapter 1: Professionalism, Profession and Professional Conduct: Towards a Basic Logical and Ethical Geography; 1.1 Diverse Senses of 'Profession' and 'Professional'; 1.2 Criteria of 'Profession' and/or Professionalism; 1.3 The Moral Basis of Profession and Normative Professionalism
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Extended and Restricted Professionalism1.5 Professional 'Phronesis'; References; Chapter 2: The Concept of Professionalism: Professional Work, Professional Practice and Learning; 2.1 Defining the Field and Clarifying Concepts; 2.2 Professionalism : History and Current Developments; 2.2.1 Early Phase: Professionalism as a Normative Value; 2.2.2 Critical Phase: Professionalism as Ideology; 2.2.3 Third Phase: Professionalism as a Discourse; 2.3 A New Professionalism? Changes and Continuities; 2.3.1 Consequence and Challenges; 2.3.2 Opportunities
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4 Policy Relevance, Assessment and EvaluationReferences; Chapter 3: Moral Aspects of Professions and Professional Practice; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Moral Problems and Solutions in the Context of Professional Practice; 3.2.1 Moral Problems at Work; 3.2.2 A Taxonomy of Types of Situations; 3.2.3 A Neo-Kohlbergian Taxonomy of Moral Stages; 3.3 Moral Functioning and Situational Adjustment; 3.3.1 Situation-Specific Adaptation; 3.3.2 Inferences and the Explanation of Situational Differentiation and Adaptation; 3.3.3 The Moral Self and Moral Functioning
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Implications for Professional Practice and Vocational Education and TrainingReferences; Chapter 4: Professional Work and Knowledge; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 Aims of the Chapter: Harmonising Multiple Views on Professional Knowledge to Illuminate Persistent Problems in Professional Education; 4.1.2 Structure of the Chapter; 4.2 Professional Work and Workplaces; 4.3 What Is Knowledge?; 4.3.1 Knowledge, Broadly Understood; 4.4 Public, Personal and Organisational Knowledge; 4.4.1 Public Knowledge; 4.4.2 Personal Knowledge; 4.4.3 Organisational Knowledge
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Knowledge and Professional Action: Foundational Ideas4.5.1 Learning to Do and Learning to Understand; 4.5.2 Knowledge and Knowing; 4.5.3 Generic Thinking Skill and Professional Episteme; 4.6 Epistemic Fluency and Professional Knowledge: Tracing Four Epistemic Projects; 4.6.1 The Reflective-Rational Project: From Rational Knowledge to Reflective Practice to Rational Reflection; 4.6.2 The Reflective-Embodied Project: From Knowing to Being ; 4.6.3 The Relational Project: From Individualistic to Relational Expertise
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.6.4 The Knowledge Building Project: From Practice as Knowledge Transfer to Knowing as Epistemic Practice
    Description / Table of Contents: (A) Acknowledgments(B) Introduction -- Section 1. Professions and the workplace -- (C) Section Introduction -- (1) David Carr, Professionalism, profession and professional conduct: Towards a basic logical and ethical geography -- (2) Julia Evetts, The concept of professionalism: Professional work, professional practice and learning -- (3) Gerhard Minnameier, Moral aspects of professions and professional practice -- (4) Lina Markauskaite & Peter Goodyear, Professional work and knowledge -- (5) Martin Mulder, Conceptions of professional competence -- (6) Silvia Gherardi & Manuela Perrotta, Becoming a practitioner: Professional learning as a social practice -- (7) Jim Hordern, Productive systems of professional formation -- Section 2. Research paradigms of work and learning -- (D) Section Introduction -- (8) Erno Lehtinen, Kai Hakkarainen & Tuire Palonen, Understanding learning for the professions: How theories of learning explain coping with rapid change -- (9) Laurent Filliettaz, Understanding learning for work: Contributions from discourse and interaction analysis -- (10) Paul Gibbs, Research paradigms of practice, work and learning -- (11) Gloria Dall'Alba & Jörgen Sandberg, A phenomenological perspective on researching work and learning -- (12) Mark Greenlee, The neuronal base of perceptual learning and skill acquisition -- (13) Eva Kyndt & Patrick Onghena, Hierarchical Linear Models for research on professional learning: Relevance and implications -- (14) Catherine Hasse, The anthropological paradigm of practice-based learning -- Section 3. Educational systems (learning for professions) -- (E) Section Introduction -- (15) Peter Sloane, Professional education between school and practice settings: The German dual system as an example -- (16) Bärbel Fürstenau, Matthias Pilz, & Philipp Gonon, The dual system of vocational education and training in Germany - what can be learnt about education for (other) professions -- (17) Madeleine Abrandt Dahlgren, Tone Dyrdal Solbrekke, Berit Karseth, & Sofia Nyström, From university to professional practice: Students as journeymen between cultures of education and work -- (18) Stephen Billett & Sarojni Choy, Integrating professional learning experiences across university and practice settings -- (19) Päivi Tynjälä & Jennifer M. Newton, Transitions to working life: securing professional competence -- (20) Elizabeth Katherine Molloy, Louise Greenstock, Patrick Fiddes, Catriona Fraser, & Peter Brooks, Interprofessional education in the health workplace -- (21) Tim Dornan & Pim W. Teunissen, Medical education -- (22) Ming Fai Pang, A phenomenographic way of seeing and developing professional learning -- (23) Monika Nerland & Karen Jensen, Changing cultures of knowledge and professional learning -- Section 4. Professional learning and education (learning in professions) -- (F) Section Introduction -- (24) Anneli Eteläpelto, Katja Vähäsantanen, Päivi Hökkä, & Susanna Paloniemi, Identity and agency in professional learning -- (25) Jan Breckwoldt, Hans Gruber, & Andreas Wittmann, Simulation learning -- (26) Christian Harteis & Johannes Bauer, Learning from errors at work -- (27) Stephen Billett & Raymond Smith, Learning in the circumstances of professional practice -- (28) Geoffrey Gowlland, Apprenticeship as a model for learning in and through professional practice -- (29) Britta Herbig & Andreas Müller, Implicit knowledge and work performance -- (30) Eugene Sadler-Smith, Intuition in professional and practice-based learning -- (31) Bente Elkjaer & Ulrik Brandi, An organisational perspective on professionals' learning -- (32) Morten Sommer, Professional learning in the ambulance service -- (33) Stephen Billett, Mimetic learning at work: Learning through and across professional working lives -- Section 5. Implementing and supporting professional learning -- (G) Section Introduction -- (34) Anton Havnes & Jens-Christian Smeby, Professional development and the professions -- (35) P. Robert-Jan Simons & Manon C. P. Ruijters, The real professional is a learning professional -- (36) Filip Dochy, David Gijbels, Elisabeth Raes, & Eva Kyndt, Team learning in education and professional organisations -- (37) Victoria Marsick, Andrew K. Shiotani, & Martha A. Gephart, Teams, communities of practice, and knowledge networks as locations for learning professional practice -- (38) Rob F. Poell & Ferd J. van der Krogt, The role of Human Resource Development in organizational change: Professional development strategies of employees, managers and HRD practicioners -- (39) Lillian Turner de Tormes Eby, B. Lindsay Brown, & Kerrin George, Mentoring as a strategy for facilitating learning: Protégé and mentor perspectives -- (40) James Avis & Kevin Orr, The new professionalism: An exploration of vocational education and training teachers -- (41) Tarja Irene Tikkanen & Stephen Billett, Older professionals, learning and practice -- (42) Per-Erik Elleström & Per Nilsen, Promoting practice-based innovation through learning at work -- (43) Allison Littlejohn & Anoush Margaryan, Technology enhanced professional learning -- Section 6. Evaluating and assessing professional learning -- (H) Section Introduction -- (44) Thomas R. Guskey, Evaluating professional learning -- (45) Dineke E. H. Tigelaar & Cees P. M. van der Vleuten, Assessment of professional competence.-  (46) Tara J. Fenwick, Assessment of professional learning in practice -- (47) Patrick Griffin, Esther Care, Judith Crigan, Pamela Robertson, Zhonghua Zhang, & Alejandra Arratia-Martinez, The influence of evidence-based decisions by collaborative teacher teams on student achievement -- (48) Frank Achtenhagen & Esther Winter, Large-scale assessment of vocational education and training.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    ISBN: 9789401789561
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 392 p. 26 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Biotechnology ; Technology Philosophy
    Abstract: This book addresses the methodological issues involved in responsible innovation and provides an overview of recent applications of multidisciplinary research. Responsible innovation involves research into the ethical and societal aspects of new technologies (e.g. ICT, nanotechnology, biotechnology and brain sciences) and of changes in technological systems (e.g. energy, transport, agriculture and water). This research is highly multidisciplinary. It involves close collaboration between researchers in such diverse fields as ethics, social science, law, economics, applied science, engineering - as well as innovative, design-oriented and policy-relevant. Although there is a trend to engage ethicists and social scientists early in technology development, most literature in the field of Technology Assessment or Ethics of Technology is still aimed at one discipline whereas this book incorporates different approaches and to discuss experiences, lessons and more general theoretical issues
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface (Jeroen van den Hoven, Bert-Jaap Koops, Henny Romijn, Tsjalling Swierstra, and Neelke Doorn)PART 1: METHODOLOGICAL AND CONCEPTUAL ISSUES: Introduction (Jeroen van den Hoven) -- Technology Assessment for Responsible Innovation (Armin Grunwald) -- The quest for the “right” impacts of science and technology. An outlook towards a framework for responsible research and innovation (René von Schomberg) -- PART 2: INSTITUTIONAL DESIGN/GOVERNANCE.-Innovation and Responsibility: A managerial approach to the integration of responsibility in a disruptive innovation model (Xavier Pavie & Julie Egal) -- Technology Transfer of Publicly Funded Re-search Results from Academia to Industry: Societal Responsibilities? (Elisabeth Eppinger & Peter Tinnemann) -- The Assumption of Scientific Responsibility by Ethical Codes - the Legal Angle (H.C Wilms) -- ‘How (not) to reform biomedical research. A review of some policy proposals (Jan De Winter) -- PART 3: VALUES, CONFLICTS IN VALUE, VALUE AND CULTURE (VALUES IN A GLOBALIZING WORLD) -- Responsible Design and Product Innovation from a Capability Perspective (A. Mink, V.S. Parmar, P.V. Kandachar) -- Conceptualizing responsible innovation in craft villages in Vietnam (Jan Voeten, Nigel Roome, Nguyen Thi Huong, Gerard de Groot and Job de Haan).-Managing conflicting values in water systems: the necessity of cultural transitions in under-institutionalized countries’, (J.O. Kroesen & W. Ravensteijn) -- Sustainable Innovation, Learning and Responsibility (Udo Pesch) -- The family of the future: How technologies can lead to moral change (Katinka Waelbers and Tsjalling Swierstra) -- PART 4: ETHICAL AND SOCIETAL ASPECTS OF CONCRETE TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS: Healthcare and medical sector -- Dilemmas of Responsible Innovation: The Case of Alzheimer’s Disease (Y. Cuijpers, H. van Lente, M. Boenink, E. Moors) -- Towards innovative neuroimaging applications in health care: guiding visions of scientists and technology developers (M.E. Arentshorst, J.E.W. Broerse, A. Roelofsen, Tj. de Cock Buning) -- Optimization of complex palliative care at home via teleconsultation (J. Hasselaar, J. Van Gurp, F. Duursma, M. Van Selm, H. Schers, E. van Leeuwen, K. Vissers) -- Privacy aspects of video recording in the operating room (Claire B. Blaauw, John J. van den Dobbelsteen, Frank Willem Jansen, Joep H. Hubben) -- Assessing the future impact of medical devices: Between technology and application (Neelke Doorn) -- Information society, Security & military technology -- Video-surveillance and the production of space in urban nightlife districts (Irina van Aalst, Tim Schwanen & Ilse van Liempt) -- Responsibly Innovating Data Mining and Profiling Tools (B. Custers, B. Schermer) -- Military Robotics & Relationality: Criteria for Ethical Decision-Making (Lambèr Royakkers and Anya Topolski) -- On Technology against Cyberbullying (Janneke M. van der Zwaan, Virginia Dignum, Catholijn M. Jonker, and Simone van der Hof).
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    ISBN: 9789401791038
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 208 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: The International Library of Ethics, Law and Technology 13
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Responsibility in nanotechnology development
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Technology Philosophy ; Nanotechnology ; Nanotechnologie ; Nanotechnologie
    Abstract: This book disentangles the complex meanings of responsibility in nanotechnology development by focusing on its theoretical and empirical dimensions. The notion of responsibility is extremely diversified in the public discourse of nanoscale technologies. Addressed are major disciplinary perspectives working on nanotechnology, e.g. philosophy, sociology, and political science, as well as the major multidisciplinary areas relevant to the innovation process, e.g. technology assessment and ethics. Furthermore, the interplay between such expertises, disciplines, and research programmes in providing a multidisciplinary understanding of responsibility is emphasized
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction. Nanotechnologies and the quest for responsibility; Simone Arnaldi, Arianna Ferrari, Paolo Magaudda, Francesca MarinPart 1 Scrutinizing responsibility. Theoretical explorations into an entangled concept -- Responsibility and visions in the new and emerging technologies; Arianna Ferrari, Francesca Marin -- Features of intergenerational moral responsibility in the age of the emerging technologies; Silvia Zullo -- The Role of responsible stewardship in nanotechnology and synthetic biology; Ilaria Anna Colussi -- Part 2 Technology assessment  and public engagement -- Technology assessment beyond toxicology - the case of nanomaterials; Torsten Fleischer, Jutta Jahnel, Stefanie B. Seitz -- Ethics Research Committees in reviewing nanotechnology clinical trials protocol; Viviana Daloiso, Antonio G. Spagnolo.-Governance of Nanotechnology: engagement and public participation; Giuseppe Pellegrini -- Part 3 Representations and arrangements of responsibility -- Value chain responsibility in emerging technologies; Colette Bos, Harro van Lente -- On being responsible: Multiplicity in responsible development; Sarah R. Davies, Cecilie Glerup, Maja Horst -- Nanotechnology and configurations of responsibilities in boundary organizations; Paolo Magaudda -- Who is responsible? Nanotechnology and responsibility in the Italian daily press; Simone Arnaldi -- Epilogue: Nanotechnology beyond nanotechnologies Responsible Research and Innovation: an emerging issue in research policy rooted in the debate on nanotechnology; Armin Grunwald -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400766006
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 269 p. 156 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Handbook of Philosophical Logic 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Handbook of philosophical logic ; 17
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of Philosophical Logic reflects great changes in the landscape of philosophical logic since the first edition. It gives readers an idea of that landscape and its relation to computer science and formal language and artificial intelligence. It shows how the increased demand for philosophical logic from computer science and artificial intelligence and computational linguistics accelerated the development of the subject directly and indirectly. This development in turn, directly pushed research forward, stimulated by the needs of applications. New logic areas becameestablished and old areas were enriched and expanded. At the same time, it socially provided employment for generations of logicians residing in computer science, linguistics and electrical engineering departments which of course helped keep the logic community to thrive. The many contributors to this Handbook are active in these application areas and are among the most famous leading figures of applied philosophical logic of our times
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Preface; Dov M. GabbayHybrid Logic; Torben Braüner -- Nominal Terms and Nominal Logics: From Foundations to Meta-mathematics; Murdoch J. Gabbay -- Introduction to Labelled Deductive Systems; Dov M. Gabbay -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400770706
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 159 p. 9 illus., 8 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Issues in Business Ethics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Aesthetics and business ethics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ästhetik ; Unternehmensethik ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanities ; Economics
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, "Ethics is aesthetics. It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive.
    Abstract: Ludwig Wittgenstein famously said, “Ethics is aesthetics.” It is unclear what such a claim might mean and whether it is true. This book explores contentious issues arising at the interface of ethics and aesthetics. The contributions reflect on the status of aesthetic en ethical judgments, the relation of aesthetic beauty and ethical goodness and art and character development. The book further considers the potential role art could play in ethical analysis and in the classroom and explores in what respects aesthetics and ethics might be intertwined and even mutually supportive
    Description / Table of Contents: Part One: Aesthetical Dimensions of Ethical Judgments in Business1. Literature, Emotions and Ethical Judgments in Business; Ron Duska -- 2. Literature and the Canonical Values of Capitalism; Christopher Michaelson -- Part Two:  The Aesthetic Firm -- 3. The Impoverished Aesthetic of Modern Management:  Beauty and Ethics in Organization; Steven Saylor -- An Aesthetic Theory of the Firm; John Dobson -- Part Three: Art and Personal Development.-  5. Business Ethics and the Arts:  Character and Process; Dawn Elm -- 6. Wisdom, Management, and Responsibility:  Aesthetics, Moral Imagination, and System Thinking; Sandra Waddock -- Part Four:  Aesthetics and Business Ethics in the Classroom -- 7. Ethics, Morality and Art in the Classroom: Positive and Negative Relations; Daryl Koehn -- 8.  Cheat: Changing the Figure; Rich Brown and Craig Dunn -- 9. The Drama of Business Ethics; Ed Freeman and Lauren Purnell.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    ISBN: 9789400770287
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 233 p. 6 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 41
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reforming higher education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This book analyzes the reforms that led to a differentiated landscape of higher education systems after university practices and governance were considered poorly adapted to contemporary settings and to their new missions. This has led to a growing institutional differentiation in many higher education systems. This differentiation has certainly contributed to making the institutional landscape more diverse across and within higher education systems. This book covers this diversity. Each part corresponds to a different but complementary way of looking at reforms and highlights what can be learnt on specific cases by adopting a specific perspective. The first part analyzes the ongoing reforms and their evolution, identifies their internal contradictions, as well as the redefinitions and reorientations they experience, and reveals the ideas, representations, ideologies and theories on which they are built. The second part includes comparison between countries but also other comparative perspectives such as how one reform is developed in different regions of the same country, as well as how comparable reforms are declined to different sectors. The last part addresses the impact of the reforms. What is known about the effectiveness of such instruments on higher education systems? This part shows that reforms provoke new power games and reconfigure power relations
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. IntroductionPART 1: Designing Policies in Higher Education -- 2. Public Policy Design and University Reform -- 3. Reforming Universities in Italy: Towards a New Paradigm?- 4. The UK Research Excellence Framework and the Transformation of Research Production -- PART 2: The Complexities of Policy Design in Higher Education - Some Lessons from Comparative Research -- 5. Reforming the Portuguese Public Sector: A Route from Health to Higher Education -- 6. Higher Education, Globalization and the Restructuring of the State: A Comparison between British Columbia, Ontario and Québec -- 7. Patterns of University Governance: Insights Based on an Analysis of Doctoral Education’s Management Reform in Switzerland and Norway -- PART 3: Policy Effects at the Meso Level -- 8. Governance of Universities and Scientific Innovation -- 9. Change is in the Air: Pressures, Organizations, Fields and University Research -- 10. Reforming Faculties’ Careers: Changes in Structures and Trajectories -- 11. The Possible Conflict between New and Old Governance in the Introduction of Performance Based Funding in German Medical Faculties -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    ISBN: 9789400770850
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 333 p. 12 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 42
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschule ; Internationalisierung
    Abstract: This book honours the academic trajectory and global impact of Philip G. Altbach, one of the most important education comparativists worldwide for over forty years. From his early writings on India and student activism to his recent work on research universities, Altbach has served as a key developer of the expansion of the field to include comparative higher education. His capacity to find, support, and gather the best minds around the world, to organize research teams in order to explore the most relevant issues on comparative higher education has earned him international recognition. His service to the field of comparative higher education is invaluable and incomparable. This festschrift contains original pieces from colleagues and former students following a twofold discussion: the most relevant topics on comparative higher education and particular Altbach’s contributions to this field of work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction; Alma Maldonado-Maldonado and Roberta Malee Bassett2. The Complexity of Higher Education. A Career in Academics and Activism; Philip G. Altbach -- PART 1: Academic Profession -- PART 2: Internationalization of Higher Education -- PART 3: Academic Mobility -- PART 4: Regional Perspectives -- PART 5: Global Perspectives -- PART 6: World-Class Universities -- PART 7: Philip G. Altbach-The Teacher -- 25. Final Remarks; Roberta Malee Bassett and Alma Maldonado.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400773264
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 204 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Ethical Economy, Studies in Economic Ethics and Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Finance
    Abstract: The aim of this book is to deepen our understanding of financial crimes as phenomena. It uses concepts of existential philosophies that are relevant to dissecting the phenomenon of financial crimes. With the help of these concepts, the book makes clear what the impact of financial crimes is on the way a human being defines himself or the way he focuses on a given notion of humankind. The book unveils how the growth of financial crimes has contributed to the increase of the anthropological gap, and how the phenomenon of financial crimes now distorts the way we understand humankind. Using the existential philosophies of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Jaspers, Buber, Heidegger, Marcel, Tillich, and Sartre, the book sheds light on how these philosophies can help to better perceive and describe financial crimes. The book provides readers with existential principles that will help them be more efficient when they have to design and implement prevention strategies against corporate crime
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionChapter 1- Existential/Existentiell Philosophy -- 1.1 The Precursors of Existential/Existentiell Philosophy (Kierkegaard, Nietzsche) -- 1.2 Existentiell-Ontical Philosophy (Jaspers, Buber, Marcel) -- 1.3 Existentialism (Sartre) -- 1.4 Existential-Ontological Philosophy (Heidegger) -- Chapter 2- Nietzsche and Informal Value Transfer Systems (IVTS) -- The Will to Truth -- The Nietzschean Will to Power : The Way Beyond Morality -- The Nietzschean Way Beyond Nihilism -- Informal Value Tranfer Systems (IVTS) and Nietzsche’s interpretation of interpretation -- Chapter 3- Kierkegaard and the Aesthetic/Ethical Life-View : The Issue of Money Laundering -- 3.1 Kierkegaard’s Notions of Aesthetic and Ethical Life -- 3.2Moral Reasoning and the Phenomenon of Money Laundering -- Chapter 4- Jaspers and Buber about Communication : The Issue of Bribery -- Jaspers’ View on Truth and Communication -- Buber’s View on Dialogue -- Bribery as Distorted Communication -- Chapter 5- A Heideggerian and Marcellian View on Technology : The Philosophical Challenge of Cybercrime -- Heidegger’s View on the Essence of Technology -- Marcel’s View on Technology -- Cybercrime and the Relevance of Heidegger’s and Marcel’s Philosophy -- Chapter 6- Tillichian Courage to Be, or How to Fight Fraudulent Practices : Tillich and Existentialism -- The Courage to Resist Non-Being -- The Interdependence between the Courage to Be Oneself and the Courage to Be a Part of Conmmunity -- The Courage of Despair and the Courage to Accept God’s Acceptance -- The Courage to Be and Fraudulent Practices -- Chapter 7- Organizational Life as Narrative : A Sartrean View on Prevention Strategies Against Financial Crimes -- Organizational Life as Narrative -- Fighting Financial Crimes and Pursuing the Main Objectives of Communicational Exchanges Within Organizational Life -- The Other as Partner of Communicational Exchange Within Organizational Life -- Conclusion -- Bibliography.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    ISBN: 9789400773929
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 196 p. 1 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Trent, John, 19XX - Language teacher education in a multilingual context
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischlehrer ; Lehrerbildung ; Mehrsprachigkeit
    Abstract: This book provides a multifaceted, multilayered examination of the processes and challenges language teachers face in constructing their professional identities in multilingual contexts such as Hong Kong. It focuses on how professional and personal identities are enacted as individuals cross geographic, educational, and socio-cultural boundaries to become English language teachers in Hong Kong. It explores the construction of language teachers’ professional identities from multiple perspectives in multiple settings, including pre-service and in-service teachers from Hong Kong, Mainland China, and Western countries. Understanding the difficulties and challenges these language teachers face in their identity and professional development is of relevance to teachers and teacher educators, as well as those interested in becoming language teachers in multilingual contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. It is Not a Bad Idea for Me to Be a Language Teacher! -- 3. Cross-Border Pre-service Teachers in Hong Kong: Identity and Integration -- 4. Journeys towards teaching. Pre-service English language teachers’ understandings and experiences of teaching and teacher education in Hong Kong -- 5. Language Teachers and the Falling Language Standards in Hong Kong:  An Internet-based Inquiry -- 6. A Comparative Study on Commitment to Teaching -- 7. The construction and reconstruction of teacher identities: The case of second career English language teachers in Hong Kong -- 8. Learning, teaching, and constructing identities abroad: ESL pre-service teacher experiences during a short-term international experience programme -- 9. Identity construction in a foreign land: Native-speaking English teachers and the contestation of teacher identities in Hong Kong schools -- 10. Political Conspiracy or Decoy Marketing?: Experienced Chinese teachers’ perceptions of using Putonghua as a Medium of Instruction in Hong Kong -- 11. An Ethico-political Analysis of Teacher Identity Construction.-Conclusion: Crossing boundaries and becoming English language teachers in multilingual contexts.  .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer Netherlands
    ISBN: 9789400772298
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 178 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Lifelong Learning Book Series 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Hopkins, Neil Citizenship and democracy in further and adult education
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Adult education
    Abstract: This book addresses the questions why citizenship education is an important subject for students in further and adult education and why we need democratic colleges to support the study of citizenship education. It investigates the historical roots of further and adult education and identifies how the adoption of citizenship education in the post-compulsory sector can enrich vocational studies in further education and programmes in adult education. It is argued that democratic colleges are vital to ensure that citizenship education informs the decision-making process throughout educational institutions (and as a means of establishing fair and equal representation for important stakeholders). The author has worked in both sectors for over a decade, and uses this experience to offer a blend of educational practice and philosophical investigation. The result is a work that appeals to both teachers in further and adult education as well as academics and students interested in philosophy of education
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction2. Citizenship and Political Philosophy -- 3. Further and Adult Education: An Overview of Citizenship -- 4. The Apprenticeship Tradition in Further Education -- 5. Vocational Education: A European Perspective -- 6. The Self-Help Tradition in Adult Education -- 7. College Governance and Deliberative Democracy -- 8. Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...